This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the
interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows:
- The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead,
the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq()
- Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and
ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be
scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The
latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and
the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is
finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied).
The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs
MIC space and not a real MIC.
In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While the change between 802.11-2012 and 802.11-2016 to move from
requiring APs to set the two top bits to now requiring them to be
cleared was apparently unintentional and will be fixed, clients
should either way assume that the top five bits are reserved and
ignore them.
Implement that in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the ieee80211_setup_sdata() we check if the interface type is valid
and, if not, call BUG(). This should never happen, but if there is
something wrong with the code, it will not be caught until the bug
happens when an interface is being set up. Calling BUG() is too
extreme for this and a WARN_ON() would be better used instead. Change
that.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the restart flow enables RX back, and then proceeds
to tear down RX and TX aggregations.
The TX aggregation tear down calls synchronize_net(), which
waits for packet receiving to be done.
This is done for every session, while RX processing is already
active, and in some reproductions it takes up to 3 seconds.
Add a call once in the restart_work, before we have traffic
active again, and remove the subsequent calls when tearing
down the aggregation.
This requires to move down the code that turns off the
reconfig flag in order to be able to test it in
_ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session().
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 2016 version of the spec is more generic about when the
AP should update the power management state of the peer:
the AP shall update the state based on any management or
data frames. This means that even non-bufferable management
frames should be looked at to update to maintain the power
management state of the peer.
This can avoid problematic cases for example if a station
disappears while being asleep and then re-appears. The AP
would remember it as in power save, but the Authentication
frame couldn't be used to set the peer as awake again.
Note that this issues wasn't really critical since at some
point (after the association) we would have removed the
station and created another one with all the states cleared.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability
for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit log/documentation wording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to re-lookup the data structures now that
we actually get them immediately with from_timer(), just
avoid that. The struct has to be valid anyway, otherwise
the timer object itself would no longer be valid, and we
can't have a different version of the struct since only a
single session per TID is permitted.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in some cases I replaced "fall through on else" and
"otherwise fall through" comments with just a "fall through" comment,
which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to overlap between
commit 1281103770 ("mac80211: Simplify locking in ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions()")
and the way that Luca modified
commit 72e2c3438b ("mac80211: tear down RX aggregations first")
when sending it upstream from Intel's internal tree, we get
the following warning:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 5472 at net/mac80211/agg-tx.c:315 ___ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session+0x158/0x1f0
since there's no appropriate locking around the call to
___ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session; Sara's original just had
a call to the locked __ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session (one
less underscore) but it looks like Luca modified both of
the calls when fixing it up for upstream, leading to the
problem at hand.
Move the locking appropriately to fix this problem.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Reported-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Tested-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When doing HW restart we tear down aggregations.
Since at this point we are not TX'ing any aggregation, while
the peer is still sending RX aggregation over the air, it will
make sense to tear down the RX aggregations first.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The previous path metric update from RANN frame has not considered
the own link metric toward the transmitting mesh STA. Fix this.
Reported-by: Michael65535
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP
for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this.
Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even
though it looks like most of them should be OK with that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When deleting a station or otherwise tearing down all aggregation
sessions, make sure to delete requested but not yet started ones,
to avoid the following scenario:
* session is requested, added to tid_start_tx[]
* ieee80211_ba_session_work() runs, gets past BLOCK_BA check
* ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions() runs, locks &sta->ampdu_mlme.mtx,
e.g. while deleting the station - deleting all active sessions
* ieee80211_ba_session_work() continues since tear down flushes it, and
calls ieee80211_tx_ba_session_handle_start() for the new session, arms
the timer for it
* station deletion continues to __cleanup_single_sta() and frees the
session struct, while the timer is armed
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
This removes the tid mapping array and expands the tid structures to
add a pointer back to the station, along with the tid index itself.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
[switch tid variables to u8, the valid range is 0-15 at most,
initialize tid_tx->sta/tid properly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the reinstall prevention, the code I had added compares the
whole key. It turns out though that iwlwifi firmware doesn't
provide the TKIP TX MIC key as it's not needed in client mode,
and thus the comparison will always return false.
For client mode, thus always zero out the TX MIC key part before
doing the comparison in order to avoid accepting the reinstall
of the key with identical encryption and RX MIC key, but not the
same TX MIC key (since the supplicant provides the real one.)
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben reported that when the user rate mask is rejected for not
matching any basic rate, the driver had already been configured.
This is clearly an oversight in my original change, fix this by
doing the validation before calling the driver.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Fixes: e8e4f5280d ("mac80211: reject/clear user rate mask if not usable")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise we risk leaking information via timing side channel.
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is reinstalled we can reset the replay counters
etc. which can lead to nonce reuse and/or replay detection
being impossible, breaking security properties, as described
in the "KRACK attacks".
In particular, CVE-2017-13080 applies to GTK rekeying that
happened in firmware while the host is in D3, with the second
part of the attack being done after the host wakes up. In
this case, the wpa_supplicant mitigation isn't sufficient
since wpa_supplicant doesn't know the GTK material.
In case this happens, simply silently accept the new key
coming from userspace but don't take any action on it since
it's the same key; this keeps the PN replay counters intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code here (more or less accidentally) tracks the HT capability of
the AP when connected, and we found at least one AP that erroneously
toggles its 20/40 capability bit when changing between 20/40 MHz. The
connection to the AP is then broken because we set the 40 MHz disable
flag based on this, as soon as it switches to 20 MHz, but because the
flag then changed, we disconnect.
I'd be inclined to just ignore this issue, since we then reconnect
while the AP is in 20 MHz mode and never use 40 MHz with it again,
but this code is a bit strange anyway - we don't use the capabilities
for anything else.
Change the code to simply not track the HT capabilities at all, which
assumes that the AP at least sets 20/40 capability when operating in
40 MHz (or higher). If not, rate scaling might end up using only the
narrower bandwidth.
The new behaviour also mirrors what VHT does, where we only check the
VHT operation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Evidently this API is intended to be used to isolate against
API changes, so use it instead of accessing ->authsize.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When removing an AP VLAN interface, mac80211 currently purges
the entire TXQ for the AP interface. Fix this by using the FQ
API introduced in the previous patch to filter frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the aes_ccm.c and aes_gcm.c are almost line by line copy of
each other. This patch reduce code redundancy by moving the code in these
two files to crypto/aead_api.c to make it a higher level aead api. The
file aes_ccm.c and aes_gcm.c are removed and all the functions there are
now implemented in their headers using the newly added aead api.
Signed-off-by: Xiang Gao <qasdfgtyuiop@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. This requires adding a pointer back
to the sta_info since container_of() can't resolve the sta_info.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Section 11.23.1 of 80211-2016 specification allows TDLS peers
to operate on wider bandwidths though they are connected to a BSS
which do not support wider bandwidth operations, provided both the
peers advertise wider bandwidth capabilities.
The existing logic considers the minimum of station's and AP's
capability for bandwidth computation. The same logic applies for
TDLS peers as well, this restricts operating on wider bandwidths
over a TDLS link when the peers are connected to legacy APs.
As an example, if 80Mhz VHT capable peers are connected to a 20Mhz
5 GHz AP, then as per the existing logic TDLS operation will be
restricted to 20Mhz.
Address this problem by not considering BSS capability in bandwidth
computation if the participating TDLS peers have wider bandwidth
capability.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@qti.qualcomm.com>
[lots of wording/typo fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes a station is added already in ASSOC state. For example,
in AP mode, when a client station didn't get assoc resp and sends
an assoc req again. If a station is inserted when its state is ASSOC
or higher, the min chandef and allow_p2p_go_ps should be recalculated
again after the insertion.
Before this patch the recalculation happened only in sta_info_move_state
which occurs before the insertion of the sta and thus even though
it calls ieee80211_recalc_min_chandef/_p2p_go_ps_allowed functions,
since sdata->local->sta_list is still empty at this point, it doesn't do
anything.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was created using the following spatch:
@find@
type S;
expression M, M2;
position p;
@@
offsetof(S, M) + sizeof(M2)@p
@script:python@
m << find.M;
m2 << find.M2;
@@
if not m2.endswith('-> ' + m):
cocci.include_match(False)
@change@
type find.S;
expression find.M, find.M2;
position find.p;
@@
-offsetof(S, M) + sizeof(M2)@p
+offsetofend(S, M)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simplify the locking in ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions() and
lock sta->ampdu_mlme.mtx over the entire function instead of
locking/unlocking it for each TID etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it,
rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One of OCE's optimizations is acception of broadcast probe responses.
Accept broadcast probe responses but don't set
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP. Because a device's firmware
may filter out the broadcast probe resp - drivers should set this flag.
Signed-off-by: Roee Zamir <roee.zamir@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: make accepting broadcast conditional on the nl80211 scan
flag that was added for that specific purpose]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to split off IEs from the ones obtained
from userspace, if they were already split off, so for
example IEs that went before HT don't have to be listed
again to go before VHT. Simplify the code here so it's
clearer.
While at it, also clarify the comments regarding the DMG
(60 GHz) elements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an RX BA session is started by the driver, and it has to tell
mac80211 about it, the corresponding bit in tid_rx_manage_offl gets
set and the BA session work is scheduled. Upon testing this bit, it
will call __ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session(), thus deadlocking as it
already holds the ampdu_mlme.mtx, which that acquires again.
Fix this by adding ___ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session(), a version of
the function that requires the mutex already held.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 699cb58c8a ("mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue")
Reported-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 7a7c0a6438 ("mac80211: fix TX aggregation start/stop callback race")
added a cancellation of the ampdu work after the loop that stopped the
Tx and Rx BA sessions. However, in some cases, e.g., during HW reconfig,
the low level driver might call mac80211 APIs to complete the stopping
of the BA sessions, which would queue the ampdu work to handle the actual
completion. This work needs to be performed as otherwise mac80211 data
structures would not be properly synced.
Fix this by checking if BA session STOP_CB bit is set after the BA session
cancellation and properly clean the session.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[Johannes: the work isn't flushed because that could do other things we
don't want, and the locking situation isn't clear]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When HW ROC is supported it is possible that after the HW notified
that the ROC has started, the ROC was cancelled and another ROC was
added while the hw_roc_start worker is waiting on the mutex (since
cancelling the ROC and adding another one also holds the same mutex).
As a result, the hw_roc_start worker will continue to run after the
new ROC is added but before it is actually started by the HW.
This may result in notifying userspace that the ROC has started before
it actually does, or in case of management tx ROC, in an attempt to
tx while not on the right channel.
In addition, when the driver will notify mac80211 that the second ROC
has started, mac80211 will warn that this ROC has already been
notified.
Fix this by flushing the hw_roc_start work before cancelling an ROC.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drv_wake_tx_queue() is normally called in the TX path, which
is already in an RCU critical section, we should call it the same
way in the aggregation code path, so if the driver expects to be
able to use RCU, it'll already be protected without having to enter
a nested critical section.
Additionally, disable soft-IRQs, since not doing so could cause
issues in a driver that relies on them already being disabled like
in the other path.
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change adds null pointer check before dereferencing pointer dev on
netif_tx_start_all_queues() when an interface is added.
With iTXQ support, netif_tx_start_all_queues() is always called while
an interface is added. however, the netdev queues are not associated
and dev is null when the interface is either NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE
or NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN.
Signed-off-by: Chunho Lee <ch.lee@newracom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT MESH support was added, but the order of the IEs
wasn't enforced. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Invoking ht_dbg() with too long of a string will print a warning.
Shorten the messages while retaining the printed patameters.
Signed-off-by: Sharon Dvir <sharon.dvir@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With TXQs, the AP_VLAN interfaces are resolved to their owner AP
interface when enqueuing the frame, which makes sense since the
frame really goes out on that as far as the driver is concerned.
However, this introduces a problem: frames to be encrypted with
a VLAN-specific GTK will now be encrypted with the AP GTK, since
the information about which virtual interface to use to select
the key is taken from the TXQ.
Fix this by preserving info->control.vif and using that in the
dequeue function. This now requires doing the driver-mapping
in the dequeue as well.
Since there's no way to filter the frames that are sitting on a
TXQ, drop all frames, which may affect other interfaces, when an
AP_VLAN is removed.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
this fix minor issue in the log message.
in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_assoc_resp function, when assigning the
reassoc value from the mgmt frame control:
ieee80211_is_reassoc_resp function need to be used, instead of
ieee80211_is_reassoc_req function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Dinkin <simon.dinkin@tandemg.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers handle rx buffer reordering internally (and by extension
handle also the rx ba session timer internally), but do not ofload the
addba/delba negotiation.
Add an api for these drivers to properly tear-down the ba session,
including sending a delba.
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions return void * and remove all the casts across
the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only where the unsigned char pointer
was used directly, all done with the following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum };
@@
- fn(SKB, LEN)[0]
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
Note that the last part there converts from push(...)[0] to the
more idiomatic *(u8 *)push(...).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions (skb_put, __skb_put and pskb_put) return void *
and remove all the casts across the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only
where the unsigned char pointer was used directly, all done with the
following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
which actually doesn't cover pskb_put since there are only three
users overall.
A handful of stragglers were converted manually, notably a macro in
drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_bsdcomp.c and, oddly enough, one of the many
instances in net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c. In the former file, I also
had to fix one whitespace problem spatch introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy()
some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for
this.
An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many
of the places using it:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len, skb, data;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, len);
|
-memcpy(p, data, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb, data;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p));
|
-memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len, data;
@@
-memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len);
+skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
(again, manually post-processed to retain some comments)
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were many places that my previous spatch didn't find,
as pointed out by yuan linyu in various patches.
The following spatch found many more and also removes the
now unnecessary casts:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len;
expression skb;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, len);
)
... when != p
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memset(p2, 0, len);
|
-memset(p, 0, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t));
)
... when != p
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memset(p2, 0, sizeof(*p));
|
-memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len;
@@
-memset(skb_put(skb, len), 0, len);
+skb_put_zero(skb, len);
Apply it to the tree (with one manual fixup to keep the
comment in vxlan.c, which spatch removed.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Avi fixes some fallout from my mac80211 RX flags changes
* Emmanuel fixes an issue with adhering to the spec, and
an oversight in the SMPS management code
* Jason's patch makes mac80211 use constant-time memory
comparisons for message authentication, to avoid having
potentially observable timing differences
* my fix makes mac80211 set the basic rates bitmap before
the channel so the next update to the driver has more
consistent data - this required another rework patch to
remove some useless 5/10 MHz code that can never be hit
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=S5/1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-06-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some fixes:
* Avi fixes some fallout from my mac80211 RX flags changes
* Emmanuel fixes an issue with adhering to the spec, and
an oversight in the SMPS management code
* Jason's patch makes mac80211 use constant-time memory
comparisons for message authentication, to avoid having
potentially observable timing differences
* my fix makes mac80211 set the basic rates bitmap before
the channel so the next update to the driver has more
consistent data - this required another rework patch to
remove some useless 5/10 MHz code that can never be hit
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is very useful to know what ampdu action is currently
happening. Add this information to the tracepoint.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 allows to modify the SMPS state of an AP both,
when it is started, and after it has been started. Such a
change will trigger an action frame to all the peers that
are currently connected, and will be remembered so that
new peers will get notified as soon as they connect (since
the SMPS setting in the beacon may not be the right one).
This means that we need to remember the SMPS state
currently requested as well as the SMPS state that was
configured initially (and advertised in the beacon).
The former is bss->req_smps and the latter is
sdata->smps_mode.
Initially, the AP interface could only be started with
SMPS_OFF, which means that sdata->smps_mode was SMPS_OFF
always. Later, a nl80211 API was added to be able to start
an AP with a different AP mode. That code forgot to update
bss->req_smps and because of that, if the AP interface was
started with SMPS_DYNAMIC, we had:
sdata->smps_mode = SMPS_DYNAMIC
bss->req_smps = SMPS_OFF
That configuration made mac80211 think it needs to fire off
an action frame to any new station connecting to the AP in
order to let it know that the actual SMPS configuration is
SMPS_OFF.
Fix that by properly setting bss->req_smps in
ieee80211_start_ap.
Fixes: f699317487 ("mac80211: set smps_mode according to ap params")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise, we enable all sorts of forgeries via timing attack.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When mac80211 changes the channel, it also calls into the driver's
bss_info_changed() callback, e.g. with BSS_CHANGED_IDLE. The driver
may, like iwlwifi does, access more data from bss_info in that case
and iwlwifi accesses the basic_rates bitmap, but if changing from a
band with more (basic) rates to one with fewer, an out-of-bounds
access of the rate array may result.
While we can't avoid having invalid data at some point in time, we
can avoid having it while we call the driver - so set up all the
data before configuring the channel, and then apply it afterwards.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195677
Reported-by: Johannes Hirte <johannes.hirte@datenkhaos.de>
Tested-by: Johannes Hirte <johannes.hirte@datenkhaos.de>
Debugged-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need for the station MLME code to handle bitrates for 5
or 10 MHz channels when it can't ever create such a configuration.
Remove the unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver reports the rx timestamp at PLCP start, mac80211 can
only handle legacy encoding, but the code checks that the encoding
is not legacy. Fix this.
Fixes: da6a4352e7 ("mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags")
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a peer sends a BAR frame with PM bit clear, we should
not modify its PM state as madated by the spec in
802.11-20012 10.2.1.2.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The change to remove free_netdev() from ieee80211_if_free()
erroneously didn't add the necessary free_netdev() for when
ieee80211_if_free() is called directly in one place, rather
than as the priv_destructor. Add the missing call.
Fixes: cf124db566 ("net: Fix inconsistent teardown and release of private netdev state.")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the
offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the
normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the
use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation
of the fake skb.
Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to
get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This brings in commit 7a7c0a6438 ("mac80211: fix TX aggregation
start/stop callback race") to allow the follow-up cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Network devices can allocate reasources and private memory using
netdev_ops->ndo_init(). However, the release of these resources
can occur in one of two different places.
Either netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() or netdev->destructor().
The decision of which operation frees the resources depends upon
whether it is necessary for all netdev refs to be released before it
is safe to perform the freeing.
netdev_ops->ndo_uninit() presumably can occur right after the
NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifier completes and the unicast and multicast
address lists are flushed.
netdev->destructor(), on the other hand, does not run until the
netdev references all go away.
Further complicating the situation is that netdev->destructor()
almost universally does also a free_netdev().
This creates a problem for the logic in register_netdevice().
Because all callers of register_netdevice() manage the freeing
of the netdev, and invoke free_netdev(dev) if register_netdevice()
fails.
If netdev_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, but something else fails inside
of register_netdevice(), it does call ndo_ops->ndo_uninit(). But
it is not able to invoke netdev->destructor().
This is because netdev->destructor() will do a free_netdev() and
then the caller of register_netdevice() will do the same.
However, this means that the resources that would normally be released
by netdev->destructor() will not be.
Over the years drivers have added local hacks to deal with this, by
invoking their destructor parts by hand when register_netdevice()
fails.
Many drivers do not try to deal with this, and instead we have leaks.
Let's close this hole by formalizing the distinction between what
private things need to be freed up by netdev->destructor() and whether
the driver needs unregister_netdevice() to perform the free_netdev().
netdev->priv_destructor() performs all actions to free up the private
resources that used to be freed by netdev->destructor(), except for
free_netdev().
netdev->needs_free_netdev is a boolean that indicates whether
free_netdev() should be done at the end of unregister_netdevice().
Now, register_netdevice() can sanely release all resources after
ndo_ops->ndo_init() succeeds, by invoking both ndo_ops->ndo_uninit()
and netdev->priv_destructor().
And at the end of unregister_netdevice(), we invoke
netdev->priv_destructor() and optionally call free_netdev().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the commit enabling per-CPU station statistics, I inadvertedly
copy-pasted some code to update rx_packets and forgot to change it
to update rx_dropped_misc. Fix that.
This addresses https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195953.
Fixes: c9c5962b56 ("mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU")
Reported-by: Petru-Florin Mihancea <petrum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_tx_status() is only one of the possible ways a driver can
report a handled packet, some drivers call this for every packet while
others calls it rarely or never.
In order to invoke the TX LED in the non-status reporting cases this
patch pushes the call to ieee80211_led_tx() into
ieee80211_report_used_skb(), which is shared between the various code
paths.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This pattern was introduced a number of times in mac80211 just now,
and since it's present in a number of other places it makes sense
to add a little helper for it.
This just adds the helper and transforms the mac80211 code, a later
patch will transform other places.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When starting or stopping an aggregation session, one of the steps
is that the driver calls back to mac80211 that the start/stop can
proceed. This is handled by queueing up a fake SKB and processing
it from the normal iface/sdata work. Since this isn't flushed when
disassociating, the following race is possible:
* associate
* start aggregation session
* driver callback
* disassociate
* associate again to the same AP
* callback processing runs, leading to a WARN_ON() that
the TID hadn't requested aggregation
If the second association isn't to the same AP, there would only
be a message printed ("Could not find station: <addr>"), but the
same race could happen.
Fix this by not going the whole detour with a fake SKB etc. but
simply looking up the aggregation session in the driver callback,
marking it with a START_CB/STOP_CB bit and then scheduling the
regular aggregation work that will now process these bits as well.
This also simplifies the code and gets rid of the whole problem
with allocation failures of said skb, which could have left the
session in limbo.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To support HT and VHT CSA, beacons and action frames must include the
corresponding IEs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[make ieee80211_ie_build_wide_bw_cs() return void]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If userspace has flagged support for DFS earlier, then we can follow CSA
to DFS channels. So instead of rejecting the switch, allow it to happen
if the flag has been set during mesh setup.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clear the csa_ie in ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie() where the data
is filled in, rather than in each caller.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the Mesh Channel Switch Parameters (8.4.2.105) the reason is specified
to WLAN_REASON_MESH_CHAN_REGULATORY in the case that a regulatory
limitation was the cause for the switch. This means another station
detected a radar event.
Mark the channel as unusable if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin@sipsolutions.net>
[sw: style cleanup, rebase]
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CoDel can be too aggressive if a station sends at a very low rate,
leading reduced throughput. This gets worse the more stations are
present, as each station gets more bursty the longer the round-robin
scheduling between stations takes.
This adds dynamic adjustment of CoDel parameters per station. It uses
the rate selection information to estimate throughput and sets more
lenient CoDel parameters if the estimated throughput is below a
threshold (modified by the number of active stations).
A new callback is added that drivers can use to notify mac80211 about
changes in expected throughput, so the same adjustment can be made for
cards that implement rate control in firmware. Drivers that don't use
this will just get the default parameters.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[remove currently unnecessary EXPORT_SYMBOL, fix kernel-doc, remove
inline annotation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh forwarding path checks for address extension mode to fetch
appropriate proxied address and MPP address. Existing condition
that looks for 6 address format is not strict enough so that
frames with improper values are processed and invalid entries
are added into MPP table. Fix that by adding a stricter check before
processing the packet.
Per IEEE Std 802.11s-2011 spec. Table 7-6g1 lists address extension
mode 0x3 as reserved one. And also Table Table 9-13 does not specify
0x3 as valid address field.
Fixes: 9b395bc3be ("mac80211: verify that skb data is present")
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When VHT IBSS support was added, the size of the extra elements
wasn't considered in ieee80211_ibss_build_presp(), which makes
it possible that it would overrun the allocated buffer. Fix it
by allocating the necessary space.
Fixes: abcff6ef01 ("mac80211: add VHT support for IBSS")
Reported-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If ieee80211_hw_restart() is called during authentication, the
authentication process will continue, causing the driver to be called
in a wrong state. This ultimately causes an oops in the iwlwifi
driver (at least).
This fixes bugzilla 195299 partly.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195299
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Have proper request id filled in the SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS and
SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED notifications toward user-space by having the
driver provide it through the api.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse the BSS max idle period element and set the BSS configuration
accordingly so the driver can use this information to configure the
max idle period and to use protected management frames for keep alive
when required.
The BSS max idle period element is defined in IEEE802.11-2016,
section 9.4.2.79
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Existing API 'ieee80211_get_sdata_band' returns default 2 GHz band even
if the channel context configuration is NULL. This crashes for chipsets
which support 5 Ghz alone when it tries to access members of 'sband'.
Channel context configuration can be NULL in multivif case and when
channel switch is in progress (or) when it fails. Fix this by replacing
the API 'ieee80211_get_sdata_band' with 'ieee80211_get_sband' which
returns a NULL pointer for sband when the channel configuration is NULL.
An example scenario is as below:
In multivif mode (AP + STA) with drivers like ath10k, when we do a
channel switch in the AP vif (which has a number of clients connected)
and a STA vif which is connected to some other AP, when the channel
switch in AP vif fails, while the STA vifs tries to connect to the
other AP, there is a window where the channel context is NULL/invalid
and this results in a crash while the clients connected to the AP vif
tries to reconnect and this race is very similar to the one investigated
by Michal in https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/3788161/ and this does
happens with hardware that supports 5Ghz alone after long hours of
testing with continuous channel switch on the AP vif
ieee80211 phy0: channel context reservation cannot be finalized because
some interfaces aren't switching
wlan0: failed to finalize CSA, disconnecting
wlan0-1: deauthenticating from 8c:fd:f0:01:54:9c by local choice
(Reason: 3=DEAUTH_LEAVING)
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 19032 at net/mac80211/ieee80211_i.h:1013 sta_info_alloc+0x374/0x3fc [mac80211]
[<bf77272c>] (sta_info_alloc [mac80211])
[<bf78776c>] (ieee80211_add_station [mac80211]))
[<bf73cc50>] (nl80211_new_station [cfg80211])
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual
address 00000014
pgd = d5f4c000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] PREEMPT SMP ARM
PC is at sta_info_alloc+0x380/0x3fc [mac80211]
LR is at sta_info_alloc+0x37c/0x3fc [mac80211]
[<bf772738>] (sta_info_alloc [mac80211])
[<bf78776c>] (ieee80211_add_station [mac80211])
[<bf73cc50>] (nl80211_new_station [cfg80211]))
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows the driver to pass in struct ieee80211_tx_status directly.
Make ieee80211_tx_status_noskb a wrapper around it.
As with ieee80211_tx_status_noskb, there is no _ni variant of this call,
because it probably won't be needed.
Even if the driver won't provide any extra status info other than what's
in struct ieee80211_tx_info already, it can optimize status reporting
this way by passing in the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[use C99 initializers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename .tx_status_noskb to .tx_status_ext and pass a new on-stack
struct ieee80211_tx_status instead of struct ieee80211_tx_info.
This struct can be used to pass extra information, e.g. for dynamic tx
power control
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of hand-coding the bit manipulations, use the bitfield
macros to generate the code for the encoded bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now.
Again, mostly done with this spatch:
@@
expression status;
@@
-status->vht_nss
+status->nss
@@
expression status;
@@
-status.vht_nss
+status.nss
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The multicast variable in the ieee80211_accept_frame() function is
treated as a boolean, but defined as int. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At least on iwlwifi, sometimes lockdep complains that we can
lock
chanctx_mtx -> mvm.mutex -> iflist_mtx
(due to iterate_interfaces)
and
iflist_mtx -> chanctx_mtx
Remove the latter dependency in mac80211 by using the RTNL
that we already hold in one case, and can relatively easily
achieve in the other case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_frame_acked is called when a frame is acked by
the peer. In case this is a management frame, we check
if this an SMPS frame, in which case we can update our
antenna configuration.
When we parse the management frame we look at the category
in case it is an action frame. That byte sits after the IV
in case the frame was encrypted. This means that if the
frame was encrypted, we basically look at the IV instead
of looking at the category. It is then theorically
possible that we think that an SMPS action frame was acked
where really we had another frame that was encrypted.
Since the only management frame whose ack needs to be
tracked is the SMPS action frame, and that frame is not
a robust management frame, it will never be encrypted.
The easiest way to fix this problem is then to not look
at frames that were encrypted.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multiple scheduled scan support the driver needs to know which
scheduled scan request is being stopped. Pass the request id in the
.sched_scan_stop() callback.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The monitor mode delivery logic makes it hard to add any
kind of filtering in an efficient way, because the monitor
SKB is created first and then passed to all interfaces.
Rewrite the logic to create the monitor SKB the first time
it's actually needed, and then keep delivering it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both conflict were simple overlapping changes.
In the kaweth case, Eric Dumazet's skb_cow() bug fix overlapped the
conversion of the driver in net-next to use in-netdev stats.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AP/AP_VLAN modes don't accept any real 802.11 multicast data
frames, but since they do need to accept broadcast management
frames the same is currently permitted for data frames. This
opens a security problem because such frames would be decrypted
with the GTK, and could even contain unicast L3 frames.
Since the spec says that ToDS frames must always have the BSSID
as the RA (addr1), reject any other data frames.
The problem was originally reported in "Predicting, Decrypting,
and Abusing WPA2/802.11 Group Keys" at usenix
https://www.usenix.org/conference/usenixsecurity16/technical-sessions/presentation/vanhoef
and brought to my attention by Jouni.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
--
Dave, I didn't want to send you a new pull request for a single
commit yet again - can you apply this one patch as is?
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=f4VT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-04-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
My last pull request has been a while, we now have:
* connection quality monitoring with multiple thresholds
* support for FILS shared key authentication offload
* pre-CAC regulatory compliance - only ETSI allows this
* sanity check for some rate confusion that hit ChromeOS
(but nobody else uses it, evidently)
* some documentation updates
* lots of cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211_chandef_create() expects an 'enum nl80211_channel_type' as
channel type however in ieee80211_sta_join_ibss()
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT is passed in two occasions, which is of
the enum type 'nl80211_chan_width'. Change the value to NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT
(20 MHz, non-HT channel) of the channel type enum.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to keeping monitor interfaces on the regular list of
interfaces, keep those that are up and not in cooked mode on a
separate list. This saves having to iterate all interfaces when
delivering to monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are two bugs in the follow-MAC code:
* it treats the radiotap header as the 802.11 header
(therefore it can't possibly work)
* it doesn't verify that the skb data it accesses is actually
present in the header, which is mitigated by the first point
Fix this by moving all of this out into a separate function.
This function copies the data it needs using skb_copy_bits()
to make sure it can be accessed if it's paged, and offsets
that by the possibly present vendor radiotap header.
This also makes all those conditions more readable.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Refactor the code to have common code for changing monitor
options when adding and changing virtual interfaces. This
will make it easier to add BPF filters to both paths. Note
that this code carefully checks the error conditions first
and only then applies the changes, to guarantee atomicity.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead passing both flags, which can be NULL, and vif_params,
which are never NULL, move the flags into the vif_params and
use BIT(0), which is invalid from userspace, to indicate that
the flags were changed.
While updating all drivers, fix a small bug in wil6210 where
it was setting the flags to 0 instead of leaving them unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MU-MIMO monitor follow functionality is broken because it
doesn't clear the MU-MIMO owner even if both follow features
are disabled. Fix that, and while at it move the code into a
new helper function. Call this also when creating a new monitor
interface to prepare for an upcoming cfg80211 change allowing
that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When changing monitor parameters, not setting the MU-MIMO attributes
should mean that they're not changed - it's documented that to turn
the feature off it's necessary to set all-zero group membership and
an invalid follow-address. This isn't implemented.
Fix this by making the parameters pointers, stop reusing the macaddr
struct member, and documenting that NULL pointers mean unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of dropping such frames only when removing the
monitor info, drop them earlier (keeping the warning)
and simplify removing monitor info. While at it, make
that function return void.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When clang detects a non-boolean constant in a logical operation it
generates a 'constant-logical-operand' warning. In
ieee80211_try_rate_control_ops_get() the result of strlen(<const str>)
is used in a logical operation, clang resolves the expression to an
(integer) constant at compile time when clang's builtin strlen function
is used.
Change the condition to check for strlen() > 0 to make the constant
operand boolean and thus avoid the warning.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When internal mac80211 TXQs aren't supported, netdev queues must
always started out started even when driver queues are stopped
while the interface is added. This is necessary because with the
internal TXQ support netdev queues are never stopped and packet
scheduling/dropping is done in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.9+
Fixes: 80a83cfc43 ("mac80211: skip netdev queue control with software queuing")
Reported-and-tested-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On some practical cases, it is useful to drop new node in the distance.
Because mesh metric is calculated with hop count and without RSSI
information, a node far from local peer and near to destination node
could be used as best path.
For example, the nodes are located in linear. Distance of 0 - 1 and
1 - 2 and 2 - 3 is 20meters. 0 to 3 signal is very weak.
0 --- 1 --- 2 --- 3
Though most robust path from 0 to 3 is 0 -> 1 -> 2 -> 3,
unfortunately, node 0 could recognize node 3 as neighbor. Then node 3
could be next of node 0. This patch aims to avoid such a case.
[Johannes:]
Dropping the node entirely isn't ideal, but at least with encryption
there will be a limit on # of keys the hardware can deal with, and
there might also be a limit on the number of stations it supports.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use setup_timer() and setup_deferrable_timer() to set the data and
function timer fields. It makes the code cleaner and will allow for
easier change of the timer struct internals.
Signed-off-by: Ondřej Lysoněk <ondrej.lysonek@seznam.cz>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the user rate mask results in no (basic) rates being usable,
clear it. Also, if we're already operating when it's set, reject
it instead.
Technically, selecting basic rates as the criterion is a bit too
restrictive, but calculating the usable rates over all stations
(e.g. in AP mode) is harder, and all stations must support the
basic rates. Similarly, in client mode, the basic rates will be
used anyway for control frames.
This fixes the "no supported rates (...) in rate_mask ..." warning
that occurs on TX when you've selected a rate mask that's not
compatible with the connection (e.g. an AP that enables only the
rates 36, 48, 54 and you've selected only 6, 9, 12.)
Reported-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There isn't really much harm in not ignoring, since it doesn't
represent a valid rate, but since we already ignore the HT one
also ignore VHT. Also simplify the code a bit.
Fix a typo in the related comment (pointed out by Arend) while
at it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use setup_timer() and setup_deferrable_timer() to set the data and
function timer fields. It makes the code cleaner and will allow for
easier change of the timer struct internals.
Signed-off-by: Ondřej Lysoněk <ondrej.lysonek@seznam.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh failure average never be more than 100. Only in case of
fixed path, average will be more than threshold limit (95%).
With recent EWMA changes it may go upto 99 as it is scaled to
100. It make sense to return maximum metric when average is
greater than threshold limit.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't really need three different bits for each, since the
types are mutually exclusive. Use just two bits for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This matches the spec, and otherwise things are really
confusing with the next patch adding CCFS2.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When disassociation happens only numeric reason is printed
in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_disassoc(). Add text variant, too.
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <arekm@maven.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support .set_cqm_rssi_range_config if the beacons are available for
processing in mac80211. There's no reason that this couldn't be
offloaded by mac80211-based drivers but there's no driver method for
that added in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As moving average is not considering fractional part, it will
get stuck at the same level after certain state. For example,
with current values, it can get stuck at 96. Fortunately the
current threshold 95%, but if it were increased to 96 or more
mesh paths would never be deactivated. Fix failure average
movement by using EWMA helpers, which does take into account
fractional parts.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[johannes: pick a larger EWMA factor for more precision with
the limited range that we will feed into it, adjust to new API]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double-free in batman-adv, from Sven Eckelmann.
2) Fix packet stats for fast-RX path, from Joannes Berg.
3) Netfilter's ip_route_me_harder() doesn't handle request sockets
properly, fix from Florian Westphal.
4) Fix sendmsg deadlock in rxrpc, from David Howells.
5) Add missing RCU locking to transport hashtable scan, from Xin Long.
6) Fix potential packet loss in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
7) Fix race in NAPI handling between poll handlers and busy polling,
from Eric Dumazet.
8) TX path in vxlan and geneve need proper RCU locking, from Jakub
Kicinski.
9) SYN processing in DCCP and TCP need to disable BH, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Properly handle net_enable_timestamp() being invoked from IRQ
context, also from Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix crash on device-tree systems in xgene driver, from Alban Bedel.
12) Do not call sk_free() on a locked socket, from Arnaldo Carvalho de
Melo.
13) Fix use-after-free in netvsc driver, from Dexuan Cui.
14) Fix max MTU setting in bonding driver, from WANG Cong.
15) xen-netback hash table can be allocated from softirq context, so use
GFP_ATOMIC. From Anoob Soman.
16) Fix MAC address change bug in bgmac driver, from Hari Vyas.
17) strparser needs to destroy strp_wq on module exit, from WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
strparser: destroy workqueue on module exit
sfc: fix IPID endianness in TSOv2
sfc: avoid max() in array size
rds: remove unnecessary returned value check
rxrpc: Fix potential NULL-pointer exception
nfp: correct DMA direction in XDP DMA sync
nfp: don't tell FW about the reserved buffer space
net: ethernet: bgmac: mac address change bug
net: ethernet: bgmac: init sequence bug
xen-netback: don't vfree() queues under spinlock
xen-netback: keep a local pointer for vif in backend_disconnect()
netfilter: nf_tables: don't call nfnetlink_set_err() if nfnetlink_send() fails
netfilter: nft_set_rbtree: incorrect assumption on lower interval lookups
netfilter: nf_conntrack_sip: fix wrong memory initialisation
can: flexcan: fix typo in comment
can: usb_8dev: Fix memory leak of priv->cmd_msg_buffer
can: gs_usb: fix coding style
can: gs_usb: Don't use stack memory for USB transfers
ixgbe: Limit use of 2K buffers on architectures with 256B or larger cache lines
ixgbe: update the rss key on h/w, when ethtool ask for it
...
We don't actually need the full rculist.h header in sched.h anymore,
we will be able to include the smaller rcupdate.h header instead.
But first update code that relied on the implicit header inclusion.
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Declaring the factor is counter-intuitive, and people are prone
to using small(-ish) values even when that makes no sense.
Change the DECLARE_EWMA() macro to take the fractional precision,
in bits, rather than a factor, and update all users.
While at it, add some more documentation.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* use a valid hrtimer clock ID in mac80211_hwsim
* don't reorder frames prior to BA session
* flush a delayed work at suspend so the state is all valid before
suspend/resume
* fix packet statistics in fast-RX, the RX packets
counter increment was simply missing
* don't try to re-transmit filtered frames in an aggregation session
* shorten (for tracing) a debug message
* typo fix in another debug message
* fix nul-termination with HWSIM_ATTR_RADIO_NAME in hwsim
* fix mgmt RX processing when station is looked up by driver/device
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wths
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-02-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
First round of fixes - details in the commits:
* use a valid hrtimer clock ID in mac80211_hwsim
* don't reorder frames prior to BA session
* flush a delayed work at suspend so the state is all valid before
suspend/resume
* fix packet statistics in fast-RX, the RX packets
counter increment was simply missing
* don't try to re-transmit filtered frames in an aggregation session
* shorten (for tracing) a debug message
* typo fix in another debug message
* fix nul-termination with HWSIM_ATTR_RADIO_NAME in hwsim
* fix mgmt RX processing when station is looked up by driver/device
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull IDR rewrite from Matthew Wilcox:
"The most significant part of the following is the patch to rewrite the
IDR & IDA to be clients of the radix tree. But there's much more,
including an enhancement of the IDA to be significantly more space
efficient, an IDR & IDA test suite, some improvements to the IDR API
(and driver changes to take advantage of those improvements), several
improvements to the radix tree test suite and RCU annotations.
The IDR & IDA rewrite had a good spin in linux-next and Andrew's tree
for most of the last cycle. Coupled with the IDR test suite, I feel
pretty confident that any remaining bugs are quite hard to hit. 0-day
did a great job of watching my git tree and pointing out problems; as
it hit them, I added new test-cases to be sure not to be caught the
same way twice"
Willy goes on to expand a bit on the IDR rewrite rationale:
"The radix tree and the IDR use very similar data structures.
Merging the two codebases lets us share the memory allocation pools,
and results in a net deletion of 500 lines of code. It also opens up
the possibility of exposing more of the features of the radix tree to
users of the IDR (and I have some interesting patches along those
lines waiting for 4.12)
It also shrinks the size of the 'struct idr' from 40 bytes to 24 which
will shrink a fair few data structures that embed an IDR"
* 'idr-4.11' of git://git.infradead.org/users/willy/linux-dax: (32 commits)
radix tree test suite: Add config option for map shift
idr: Add missing __rcu annotations
radix-tree: Fix __rcu annotations
radix-tree: Add rcu_dereference and rcu_assign_pointer calls
radix tree test suite: Run iteration tests for longer
radix tree test suite: Fix split/join memory leaks
radix tree test suite: Fix leaks in regression2.c
radix tree test suite: Fix leaky tests
radix tree test suite: Enable address sanitizer
radix_tree_iter_resume: Fix out of bounds error
radix-tree: Store a pointer to the root in each node
radix-tree: Chain preallocated nodes through ->parent
radix tree test suite: Dial down verbosity with -v
radix tree test suite: Introduce kmalloc_verbose
idr: Return the deleted entry from idr_remove
radix tree test suite: Build separate binaries for some tests
ida: Use exceptional entries for small IDAs
ida: Move ida_bitmap to a percpu variable
Reimplement IDR and IDA using the radix tree
radix-tree: Add radix_tree_iter_delete
...
When I originally introduced using the driver-indicated station as an
optimisation to avoid the hashtable lookup/iteration, of course it
wasn't intended to really functionally change anything.
I neglected, however, to take into account VLAN interfaces, which have
the property that management and data frames are handled differently:
data frames go directly to the station and the VLAN while management
frames continue to be processed over the underlying/associated AP-type
interface. As a consequence, when a driver used this optimisation for
management frames and the user enabled VLANs, my change broke things
since any management frames, particularly disassoc/deauth, were missed
by hostapd.
Fix this by restoring the original code path for non-data frames, they
aren't critical for performance to begin with.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=194713.
Big thanks goes to Jarek who bisected the issue and provided a very
detailed bug report, including the crucial information that he was
using VLANs in his configuration.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 771e846bea9e ("mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX")
Reported-and-tested-by: Jarek Kamiński <jarek@freeside.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
swith||switch
swithable||switchable
swithed||switched
swithing||switching
While we are here, fix the "update" to "updates" in the touched hunk in
drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/wmm.c.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-2-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tracing is limited to 100 characters and this message passes
the limit when there are a few buffered frames. Shorten it.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwlwifi now supports RSS and can't let mac80211 track the
PS state based on the Rx frames since they can come out of
order. iwlwifi is now advertising AP_LINK_PS, and uses
explicit notifications to teach mac80211 about the PS state
of the stations and the PS poll / uAPSD trigger frames
coming our way from the peers.
Because of that, the TIM stopped being maintained in
mac80211. I tried to fix this in commit c68df2e7be
("mac80211: allow using AP_LINK_PS with mac80211-generated TIM IE")
but that was later reverted by Felix in commit 6c18a6b4e7
("Revert "mac80211: allow using AP_LINK_PS with mac80211-generated TIM IE")
since it broke drivers that do not implement set_tim.
Since none of the drivers that set AP_LINK_PS have the
set_tim() handler set besides iwlwifi, I can bail out in
__sta_info_recalc_tim if AP_LINK_PS AND .set_tim is not
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When running a BA session, the driver (or the hardware) already takes
care of retransmitting failed frames, since it has to keep the receiver
reorder window in sync.
Adding another layer of retransmit around that does not improve
anything. In fact, it can only lead to some strong reordering with huge
latency.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When RX aggregation starts, transmitter may continue send frames
with SN smaller than SSN until the AddBA response is received.
However, the reorder buffer is already initialized at this point,
which will cause the drop of such frames as duplicates since the
head SN of the reorder buffer is set to the SSN, which is bigger.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The issue was found when entering suspend and resume.
It triggers a warning in:
mac80211/key.c: ieee80211_enable_keys()
...
WARN_ON_ONCE(sdata->crypto_tx_tailroom_needed_cnt ||
sdata->crypto_tx_tailroom_pending_dec);
...
It points out sdata->crypto_tx_tailroom_pending_dec isn't cleaned up successfully
in a delayed_work during suspend. Add a flush_delayed_work to fix it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Matt Chen <matt.chen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When adding per-CPU statistics, which added statistics back
to mac80211 for the fast-RX path, I evidently forgot to add
the "stats->packets++" line. The reason for that is likely
that I didn't see it since it's done in defragmentation for
the regular RX path.
Add the missing line to properly count received packets in
the fast-RX case.
Fixes: c9c5962b56 ("mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU")
Reported-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is a relatively common idiom (8 instances) to first look up an IDR
entry, and then remove it from the tree if it is found, possibly doing
further operations upon the entry afterwards. If we change idr_remove()
to return the removed object, all of these users can save themselves a
walk of the IDR tree.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=sqkq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-02-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more updates:
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
* some documentation fixes
* pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
* remove unused rfkill-regulator
* various other cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the missing IBSS capability flag during capability init as it needs
to be inserted into the generated beacon in order for CSA to work.
Fixes: cd7760e62c ("mac80211: add support for CSA in IBSS mode")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Gawlowicz <gawlowicz@tkn.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Mikołaj Chwalisz <chwalisz@tkn.tu-berlin.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense.
The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the
default bit and other bits are set at the same time.
To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy
configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported.
This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on
which band(s) to use. Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements
to "bands", to make things clearer.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.
Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify with a rssi_level parameter so that
this information can be passed to netlink clients in the next patch, if
available. Most drivers will have this value at hand. wl1251 receives
events from the firmware that only tell it whether latest measurement
is above or below threshold so we don't pass any value at this time
(parameter is 0).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
kmalloc() can fail. Also let's move the allocation out of the
declaration block so it's easier to read.
Fixes: 4a5eccaa93 ("mac80211: Show pending txqlen in debugfs.")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of open coding the CMAC algorithm in the mac80211 driver using
byte wide xors and calls into the crypto layer for each block of data,
instantiate a cmac(aes) synchronous hash and pass all the data into it
directly. This does not only simplify the code, it also allows the use
of more efficient and more secure implementations, especially on
platforms where SIMD ciphers have a considerable setup cost.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Switch the FILS AEAD code to use a cmac(aes) shash instantiated by the
crypto API rather than reusing the open coded implementation in
aes_cmac_vector(). This makes the code more understandable, and allows
platforms to implement cmac(aes) in a more secure (*) and efficient way
than is typically possible when using the AES cipher directly.
So replace the crypto_cipher by a crypto_shash, and update the aes_s2v()
routine to call the shash interface directly.
* In particular, the generic table based AES implementation is sensitive
to known-plaintext timing attacks on the key, to which AES based MAC
algorithms are especially vulnerable, given that their plaintext is not
usually secret. Time invariant alternatives are available (e.g., based
on SIMD algorithms), but may incur a setup cost that is prohibitive when
operating on a single block at a time, which is why they don't usually
expose the cipher API.
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Somehow these files were never present or lost, but the code
is there and they seem somewhat useful, so add them back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function ieee80211_ie_split_vendor doesn't return 0 on errors. Instead
it returns any offset < ielen when WLAN_EID_VENDOR_SPECIFIC is found. The
return value in mesh_add_vendor_ies must therefore be checked against
ifmsh->ie_len and not 0. Otherwise all ifmsh->ie starting with
WLAN_EID_VENDOR_SPECIFIC will be rejected.
Fixes: 082ebb0c25 ("mac80211: fix mesh beacon format")
Signed-off-by: Thorsten Horstmann <thorsten@defutech.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fit.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[sven@narfation.org: Add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The skcipher could have been of the async variant which may return from
skcipher_encrypt() with -EINPROGRESS after having queued the request.
The FILS AEAD implementation here does not have code for dealing with
that possibility, so allocate a sync cipher explicitly to avoid
potential issues with hardware accelerators.
This is based on the patch sent out by Ard.
Fixes: 39404feee6 ("mac80211: FILS AEAD protection for station mode association frames")
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Incorrect num_elem parameter value (1 vs. 5) was used in the
aes_siv_encrypt() call. This resulted in only the first one of the five
AAD vectors to SIV getting included in calculation. This does not
protect all the contents correctly and would not interoperate with a
standard compliant implementation.
Fix this by using the correct number. A matching fix is needed in the AP
side (hostapd) to get FILS authentication working properly.
Fixes: 39404feee6 ("mac80211: FILS AEAD protection for station mode association frames")
Reported-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cleanup patch to make use of ieee80211_ac_from_tid() to retrieve ac from
ieee802_1d_to_ac[]
Signed-off-by: Amadeusz Sławiński <amadeusz.slawinski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In my previous patch, I missed that rate_control_rate_init() is
called from some places that cannot sleep, so it cannot call
ieee80211_recalc_min_chandef(). Remove that call for now to fix
the context bug, we'll have to find a different way to fix the
minimum channel width issue.
Fixes: 96aa2e7cf1 ("mac80211: calculate min channel width correctly")
Reported-by: Xiaolong Ye (via lkp-robot) <xiaolong.ye@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=UToW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
* minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
* set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
kernel, which was already available to userspace
* don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
room to add them
* multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
(since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
magnitude)
* add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
* add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
* many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Station structure is considered as not uploaded
(to driver) until drv_sta_state() finishes. This
call is however done after the structure is
attached to mac80211 internal lists and hashes.
This means mac80211 can lookup (and use) station
structure before it is uploaded to a driver.
If this happens (structure exists, but
sta->uploaded is false) fast_tx path can still be
taken. Deep in the fastpath call the sta->uploaded
is checked against to derive "pubsta" argument for
ieee80211_get_txq(). If sta->uploaded is false
(and sta is actually non-NULL) ieee80211_get_txq()
effectively downgraded to vif->txq.
At first glance this may look innocent but coerces
mac80211 into a state that is almost guaranteed
(codel may drop offending skb) to crash because a
station-oriented skb gets queued up on
vif-oriented txq. The ieee80211_tx_dequeue() ends
up looking at info->control.flags and tries to use
txq->sta which in the fail case is NULL.
It's probably pointless to pretend one can
downgrade skb from sta-txq to vif-txq.
Since downgrading unicast traffic to vif->txq must
not be done there's no txq to put a frame on if
sta->uploaded is false. Therefore the code is made
to fall back to regular tx() op path if the
described condition is hit.
Only drivers using wake_tx_queue were affected.
Example crash dump before fix:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address ffffe26c
PC is at ieee80211_tx_dequeue+0x204/0x690 [mac80211]
[<bf4252a4>] (ieee80211_tx_dequeue [mac80211]) from
[<bf4b1388>] (ath10k_mac_tx_push_txq+0x54/0x1c0 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4b1388>] (ath10k_mac_tx_push_txq [ath10k_core]) from
[<bf4bdfbc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task+0xd78/0x11d0 [ath10k_core])
[<bf4bdfbc>] (ath10k_htt_txrx_compl_task [ath10k_core])
[<bf51c5a4>] (ath10k_pci_napi_poll+0x54/0xe8 [ath10k_pci])
[<bf51c5a4>] (ath10k_pci_napi_poll [ath10k_pci]) from
[<c0572e90>] (net_rx_action+0xac/0x160)
Reported-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ibss and mesh modes copy the ht capabilites from the band without
overriding the SMPS state. Unfortunately the default value 0 for the
SMPS field means static SMPS instead of disabled.
This results in HT ibss and mesh setups using only single-stream rates,
even though SMPS is not supposed to be active.
Initialize SMPS to disabled for all bands on ieee80211_hw_register to
ensure that the value is sane where it is not overriden with the real
SMPS state.
Reported-by: Elektra Wagenrad <onelektra@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
[move VHT TODO comment to a better place]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There may be situations in which the in-kernel originator of an
SKB cares about its wifi transmission status. To have that, set
the wifi_acked[_valid] bits before freeing/orphaning the SKB if
the destructor is set. The originator can then use it in there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag that indicates that the WEP ICV was stripped from an
RX packet, allowing the device to not transfer that if it's
already checked.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an associated station changes its VHT operating mode this
can/will affect the bandwidth it's using, and consequently we
must recalculate the minimum bandwidth we need to use. Failure
to do so can lead to one of two scenarios:
1) we use a too high bandwidth, this is benign
2) we use a too narrow bandwidth, causing rate control and
actual PHY configuration to be out of sync, which can in
turn cause problems/crashes
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the current minimum chandef code there's an issue in that the
recalculation can happen after rate control is initialized for a
station that has a wider bandwidth than the current chanctx, and
then rate control can immediately start using those higher rates
which could cause problems.
Observe that first of all that this problem is because we don't
take non-associated and non-uploaded stations into account. The
restriction to non-associated is quite pointless and is one of
the causes for the problem described above, since the rate init
will happen before the station is set to associated; no frames
could actually be sent until associated, but the rate table can
already contain higher rates and that might cause problems.
Also, rejecting non-uploaded stations is wrong, since the rate
control can select higher rates for those as well.
Secondly, it's then necessary to recalculate the minimal config
before initializing rate control, so that when rate control is
initialized, the higher rates are already available. This can be
done easily by adding the necessary function call in rate init.
Change-Id: Ib9bc02d34797078db55459d196993f39dcd43070
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the commit below, I forgot to translate the mac80211's
AC to QoS IE order. Moreover, the condition in the if was
wrong. Fix both issues.
This bug would hit only with clients that didn't set all
the ACs as delivery enabled.
Fixes: f438ceb81d ("mac80211: uapsd_queues is in QoS IE order")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fix issue introduced by my previous commit that
tried to ensure enough headroom was present, and instead
broke it.
When forwarding mesh pkt, mac80211 may also add security header,
and it must therefore be taken into account in the needed headroom.
Fixes: d8da0b5d64 ("mac80211: Ensure enough headroom when forwarding mesh pkt")
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In AP (or VLAN) mode, when unicast 802.11 packets are received,
they might actually be multicast after conversion. In this case
the fast-RX path didn't handle them properly to send them back
to the wireless medium. Implement that by copying the SKB and
sending it back out.
The possible alternative would be to just punt the packet back
to the regular (slow) RX path, but since we have almost all of
the required code here already it's not so complicated to add
here. Punting it back would also mean acquiring the spinlock,
which would be bad for the stated purpose of the fast-RX path,
to enable well-performing parallel RX.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code was setting the capabilities byte to zero,
after it was already properly set previously. Fix it.
The bug was found while debugging hwsim mesh tests failures
that happened since the commit mentioned below.
Fixes: 76f43b4c0a ("mac80211: Remove invalid flag operations in mesh TSF synchronization")
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_xmit_fast(), 'info' is initialized to point to the skb
that's passed in, but that skb may later be replaced by a clone (if
it was shared), leading to an invalid pointer.
This can lead to use-after-free and also later crashes since the
real SKB's info->hw_queue doesn't get initialized properly.
Fix this by assigning info only later, when it's needed, after the
skb replacement (may have) happened.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes and cleanups from David Miller:
1) Revert bogus nla_ok() change, from Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Various bpf validator fixes from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Add some necessary SET_NETDEV_DEV() calls to hsis_femac and hip04
drivers, from Dongpo Li.
4) Several ethtool ksettings conversions from Philippe Reynes.
5) Fix bugs in inet port management wrt. soreuseport, from Tom Herbert.
6) XDP support for virtio_net, from John Fastabend.
7) Fix NAT handling within a vrf, from David Ahern.
8) Endianness fixes in dpaa_eth driver, from Claudiu Manoil
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
net: mv643xx_eth: fix build failure
isdn: Constify some function parameters
mlxsw: spectrum: Mark split ports as such
cgroup: Fix CGROUP_BPF config
qed: fix old-style function definition
net: ipv6: check route protocol when deleting routes
r6040: move spinlock in r6040_close as SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock order detected
irda: w83977af_ir: cleanup an indent issue
net: sfc: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: davicom: dm9000: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: cirrus: ep93xx: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb3: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
net: chelsio: cxgb2: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings
bpf: fix mark_reg_unknown_value for spilled regs on map value marking
bpf: fix overflow in prog accounting
bpf: dynamically allocate digest scratch buffer
gtp: Fix initialization of Flags octet in GTPv1 header
gtp: gtp_check_src_ms_ipv4() always return success
net/x25: use designated initializers
isdn: use designated initializers
...
That's the default now, no need for makefiles to set it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
__bitwise__ used to mean "yes, please enable sparse checks
unconditionally", but now that we dropped __CHECK_ENDIAN__
__bitwise is exactly the same.
There aren't many users, replace it by __bitwise everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Akced-by: Lee Duncan <lduncan@suse.com>
Makes connections more reliable
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@evernet-eg.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was added during early development when 3x3 hardware was not very
common yet. This is completely unnecessary now.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This avoids the costly int_sqrt calls in the statistics update and moves
it to the debugfs code instead.
This also fixes an overflow in the previous standard deviation
calculation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas.huehn@evernet-eg.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The loss of a bit of extra precision does not hurt the calculation, 12
bits is still enough to calculate probabilities well. Reducing the scale
makes it easier to avoid overflows
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This field is redundant, because it is simply last success divided by
last attempt count. Removing it from the rate stats struct saves about
1.2 KiB per HT station.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
They are only used for debugging purposes and take a very long time to
overflow. Visibly reduces the size of the per-sta rate control data.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Test short preamble support in minstrel_ht_update_caps instead of
looking at the per-packet flag. Makes the code more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Improves dcache footprint by ensuring that fewer cache lines need to be
touched.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This speeds up the function in case a station already exists by avoiding
calling an expensive kzalloc just to free it again after the next check.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes obtaining the rate info via sta_set_sinfo
when the rx rate is invalid (for instance, on IBSS
interface that has received no frames from one of its
peers).
Also initialize rinfo->flags for legacy rates, to not
rely on the whole sinfo being initialized to zero.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These functions drifts TSF timers, not TBTT.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mesh_sync_offset_adjust_tbtt() implements Extensible synchronization
framework ([1] 13.13.2 Extensible synchronization framework). It shall
not operate the flag "TBTT Adjusting subfield" ([1] 8.4.2.100.8 Mesh
Capability), since it is used only for MBCA ([1] 13.13.4 Mesh beacon
collision avoidance, see 13.13.4.4.3 TBTT scanning and adjustment
procedures for detail). So this patch remove the flag operations.
[1] IEEE Std 802.11 2012
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[remove adjusting_tbtt entirely, since it's now unused]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a buffer is duplicated during MESH packet forwarding,
this patch ensures that the new buffer has enough headroom.
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Could be useful for debugging memory consumption issues,
and perhaps power-save as well.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, kernel sends NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event to user land even if
the found peer does not have any room to accept other peer. This causes
continuous connection trials.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability for an AP (and associated VLANs) to perform
multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames
(possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent
to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own
MAC address rather than the group address.
Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver,
such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination
unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which
is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this
new option is enabled.)
This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
service).
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[use true/false, rename label to the correct "multicast",
use __be16 for ethertype and network order for constants]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 4a733ef1be (mac80211: remove PM-QoS listener) removed all use
of 'beaconint_us' from ieee80211_recalc_ps() but left the variable
intact. Compiling with W=1 gives the following warning, fix it.
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function ‘ieee80211_recalc_ps’:
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1481:7: warning: variable ‘beaconint_us’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
iee80211_tu_to_usec has no side-effects and is safe to remove.
Fixes: 4a733ef1be ("mac80211: remove PM-QoS listener")
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit b1bce14a79 (mac80211: update opmode when adding new station)
refactored ieee80211_vht_handle_opmode into __ieee80211_vht_handle_opmode
and ieee80211_vht_handle_opmode leaving a set but unused variable
(sband) in the former. Compiling with W=1 gives the following warning,
fix it.
net/mac80211/vht.c: In function ‘__ieee80211_vht_handle_opmode’:
net/mac80211/vht.c:424:35: warning: variable ‘sband’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Remove 'struct ieee80211_local* local' as well, it was only used to
set sband.
This is a harmless warning, and is only being fixed to reduce the
noise with W=1 in the kernel.
Fixes: b1bce14a79 ("mac80211: update opmode when adding new station")
Cc: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 633e271326 (mac80211: split sched scan IEs) introduced the
len variable to keep track of the return value of
ieee80211_build_preq_ies() but did not use it. Compiling with W=1
gives the following warning, fix it.
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function ‘__ieee80211_request_sched_scan_start’:
net/mac80211/scan.c:1123:9: warning: variable ‘len’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This is a harmless warning and is only being fixed to reduce the noise
with W=1 in the kernel.
Fixes: 633e271326 ("mac80211: split sched scan IEs")
Cc: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Cc: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 5bcae31d9 (mac80211: implement multi-vif in-place reservations)
introduced ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_switch() with a counter variable
'i' that is set but not used. Compiling with W=1 gives the following
warning, fix it.
net/mac80211/chan.c: In function ‘ieee80211_vif_use_reserved_switch’:
net/mac80211/chan.c:1273:6: warning: variable ‘i’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This is a harmless warning, and is only being fixed to reduce the
noise obtained with W=1 in the kernel.
Fixes: 5bcae31d9 ("mac80211: implement multi-vif in-place reservations")
Cc: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 3b17fbf87d introduced sta_get_expected_throughput()
leaving variable 'struct rate_control_ref* ref' set but unused.
Compiling with W=1 gives the following warning, fix it.
net/mac80211/sta_info.c: In function ‘sta_set_sinfo’:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c:2052:27: warning: variable ‘ref’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: 3b17fbf87d ("mac80211: mesh: Add support for HW RC implementation")
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit f027c2aca0 introduced 'rates_idx' in
ieee80211_tx_status_noskb but did not use it. Compiling with W=1
gives the following warning, fix it.
mac80211/status.c: In function ‘ieee80211_tx_status_noskb’:
mac80211/status.c:636:6: warning: variable ‘rates_idx’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This is a harmless warning, and is only being fixed to reduce the
noise generated with W=1.
Fixes: f027c2aca0 ("mac80211: add ieee80211_tx_status_noskb")
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 554891e63a introduced 'struct ieee80211_rx_status' in
ieee80211_rx_h_defragment but did not use it. Compiling with W=1
gives the following warning, fix it.
net/mac80211/rx.c: In function ‘ieee80211_rx_h_defragment’:
net/mac80211/rx.c:1911:30: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: 554891e63a ("mac80211: move packet flags into packet")
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers know nothing about AP_VLAN interfaces, trying to
call drv_set_default_unicast_key() just results in a warning
and no call to the driver. Avoid the warning by not calling the
driver for this on AP_VLAN interfaces.
This means that drivers that somehow need this call for AP mode
will fail to work properly in the presence of VLAN interfaces,
but the current drivers don't seem to use it, and mac80211 will
select and indicate the key - so drivers should be OK now.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=HvKt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-12-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes:
* fix a logic bug introduced by a previous cleanup
* fix nl80211 attribute confusing (trying to use
a single attribute for two purposes)
* fix a long-standing BSS leak that happens when an
association attempt is abandoned
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mac80211 abandons an association attempt, it may free
all the data structures, but inform cfg80211 and userspace
about it only by sending the deauth frame it received, in
which case cfg80211 has no link to the BSS struct that was
used and will not cfg80211_unhold_bss() it.
Fix this by providing a way to inform cfg80211 of this with
the BSS entry passed, so that it can clean up properly, and
use this ability in the appropriate places in mac80211.
This isn't ideal: some code is more or less duplicated and
tracing is missing. However, it's a fairly small change and
it's thus easier to backport - cleanups can come later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All conflicts were simple overlapping changes except perhaps
for the Thunder driver.
That driver has a change_mtu method explicitly for sending
a message to the hardware. If that fails it returns an
error.
Normally a driver doesn't need an ndo_change_mtu method becuase those
are usually just range changes, which are now handled generically.
But since this extra operation is needed in the Thunder driver, it has
to stay.
However, if the message send fails we have to restore the original
MTU before the change because the entire call chain expects that if
an error is thrown by ndo_change_mtu then the MTU did not change.
Therefore code is added to nicvf_change_mtu to remember the original
MTU, and to restore it upon nicvf_update_hw_max_frs() failue.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A-MSDU aggregation alters the QoS header after a frame has been
enqueued, so it needs to be ready before enqueue and not overwritten
again afterwards
Fixes: bb42f2d13f ("mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The call to ieee80211_txq_enqueue overwrites the vif pointer with the
codel enqueue time, so setting it just before that call makes no sense.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sequence number counter is used to derive the starting sequence
number. Since that counter is updated on tx dequeue, the A-MPDU flag
needs to be up to date at the tme of dequeue as well.
This patch prevents sending more A-MPDU frames after the session has
been terminated and also ensures that aggregation starts right after the
session has been established
Fixes: bb42f2d13f ("mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit c68df2e7be.
__sta_info_recalc_tim turns into a no-op if local->ops->set_tim is not
set. This prevents the beacon TIM bit from being set for all drivers
that do not implement this op (almost all of them), thus thoroughly
essential AP mode powersave functionality.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Fixes: c68df2e7be ("mac80211: allow using AP_LINK_PS with mac80211-generated TIM IE")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is a workaround for VHT-enabled STAs which break the spec
and have the VHT-MCS Rx map filled in with value 3 for all eight
spacial streams, an example is AR9462 in AP mode.
As per spec, in section 22.1.1 Introduction to the VHT PHY
A VHT STA shall support at least single spactial stream VHT-MCSs
0 to 7 (transmit and receive) in all supported channel widths.
Some devices in STA mode will get firmware assert when trying to
associate, examples are QCA9377 & QCA6174.
Packet example of broken VHT Cap IE of AR9462:
Tag: VHT Capabilities (IEEE Std 802.11ac/D3.1)
Tag Number: VHT Capabilities (IEEE Std 802.11ac/D3.1) (191)
Tag length: 12
VHT Capabilities Info: 0x00000000
VHT Supported MCS Set
Rx MCS Map: 0xffff
.... .... .... ..11 = Rx 1 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
.... .... .... 11.. = Rx 2 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
.... .... ..11 .... = Rx 3 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
.... .... 11.. .... = Rx 4 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
.... ..11 .... .... = Rx 5 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
.... 11.. .... .... = Rx 6 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
..11 .... .... .... = Rx 7 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
11.. .... .... .... = Rx 8 SS: Not Supported (0x0003)
...0 0000 0000 0000 = Rx Highest Long GI Data Rate (in Mb/s, 0 = subfield not in use): 0x0000
Tx MCS Map: 0xffff
...0 0000 0000 0000 = Tx Highest Long GI Data Rate (in Mb/s, 0 = subfield not in use): 0x0000
Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SjfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
* AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
* config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
* deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc -Wmaybe-uninitialized reports a bug in aes_siv_encryp:
net/mac80211/fils_aead.c: In function ‘aes_siv_encrypt.constprop’:
net/mac80211/fils_aead.c:84:26: error: ‘tfm2’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
At the time that the memory allocation fails, 'tfm2' has not been
allocated, so we should not attempt to free it later, and we can
simply return an error.
Fixes: 39404feee6 ("mac80211: FILS AEAD protection for station mode association frames")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the previous commits, initial FILS authentication/association
support is now functional in mac80211-based drivers for station role
(and FILS AP case is covered by user space in hostapd withotu requiring
mac80211 changes).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds support for encrypting (Re)Association Request frame and
decryption (Re)Association Response frame when using FILS in station
mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The special SAE case should be limited only for SAE since the more
generic AUTH_DATA can now be used with other authentication algorithms
as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to
be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules
for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it
does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to
duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for
NL80211_SAE_DATA).
Also document the special rules related to the Authentication
transaction number and Status code fiels.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As part of interface combination checking, verify any new
interface's beacon intervals. In fact, just always add the
beacon interval since that's harmless.
With this patch, mac80211 is prepared for drivers that set
the min_beacon_int_gcd parameter in interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
- set max_mtu in wil6210 driver
- set max_mtu in atmel driver
- set min/max_mtu in cisco airo driver, remove airo_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in ipw2100/ipw2200 drivers, remove libipw_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in p80211netdev, remove wlan_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in net/mac80211/iface.c and remove ieee80211_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in wimax/i2400m and remove i2400m_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in intersil/hostap and remove prism2_change_mtu
- set min/max_mtu in intersil/orinoco
- set min/max_mtu in tty/n_gsm and remove gsm_change_mtu
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: Maya Erez <qca_merez@qca.qualcomm.com>
CC: Simon Kelley <simon@thekelleys.org.uk>
CC: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in
IEEE80211_AC_*'s order.
This means that mac80211 would get confused between
BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but
needs to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 determines whether HW does fragmentation
by checking whether the set_frag_threshold callback is set
or not.
However, some drivers may want to set the HW fragmentation
capability depending on HW generation.
Allow this by checking a HW flag instead of checking the
callback.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
[added the flag to ath10k and wlcore]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC
that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly.
Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211
assume that a trigger frame was received.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver sets the SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER hardware flag,
the debugfs data for RX aggregation sessions won't even indicate
that a session is open. Since the previous fix to store the dialog
token separately, we can indicate that it's open and add the token
so that there's at least some data (ssn is not available.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On drivers setting the SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER hardware flag,
we crash when the peer sends an AddBA request while we already
have a session open on the seame TID; this is because on those
drivers, the tid_agg_rx is left NULL even though the session is
valid, and the agg_session_valid bit is set.
To fix this, store the dialog tokens outside the tid_agg_rx to
be able to compare them to the received AddBA request.
Fixes: f89e07d4cf ("mac80211: agg-rx: refuse ADDBA Request with timeout update")
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some crypto implementations (such as the generic CCM wrapper in crypto/)
use scatterlists to map fields of private data in their struct aead_req.
This means these data structures cannot live in the vmalloc area, which
means that they cannot live on the stack (with CONFIG_VMAP_STACK.)
This currently occurs only with the generic software implementation, but
the private data and usage is implementation specific, so move the whole
data structures off the stack into heap by allocating every time we need
to use them.
In addition, take care not to put any of our own stack allocations into
scatterlists. This involves reserving some extra room when allocating the
aead_request structures, and referring to those allocations in the scatter-
lists (while copying the data from the stack before the crypto operation)
Signed-off-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to IEEE 802.11-2012 section 8.3.2 table 8-19, the outer SA/DA
of A-MSDU frames need to be changed depending on FromDS/ToDS values.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[use ether_addr_copy and add alignment annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the growing parameter list to a structure for the interface
combination check and iteration functions in cfg80211 and mac80211
to make the code easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[edit commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Michael Braun reported that when trying to inject A-MSDUs over
monitor interfaces, the frame doesn't come out right since the
QoS header A-MSDU bit is overwritten.
Rather than adding that bit specifically simply preserve those
bits that we don't set here, since we typically get here with
a zeroed-out QoS header anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds filtering for multicast data packets on AP_VLAN
interfaces that have no authorized station connected and changes
filtering on AP interfaces to not count stations assigned to
AP_VLAN interfaces.
This saves airtime and avoids waking up other stations currently
authorized in this BSS. When using WPA, the packets dropped could
not be decrypted by any station.
The behaviour when there are no AP_VLAN interfaces is left unchanged.
When there are AP_VLAN interfaces, this patch
1. adds filtering multicast data packets sent on AP_VLAN interfaces
that have no authorized station connected.
No filtering happens on 4addr AP_VLAN interfaces.
2. makes filtering of multicast data packets sent on AP interfaces
depend on the number of authorized stations in this bss not
assigned to an AP_VLAN interface.
Therefore, a new num_mcast_sta counter is added for AP_VLAN interfaces.
The existing one for AP interfaces is altered to not track stations
assigned to an AP_VLAN interface.
The new counter is exposed in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[reformat commit message a bit, unline ieee80211_vif_{inc,dec}_num_mcast]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Checking for num_mcast_sta in __ieee80211_request_smps_ap() is
unnecessary as sta list will be empty in this case anyway, so
the list iteration will just exit immediately. Since this isn't
a "hot" code path, it doesn't really matter, and the next patch
will redefine num_mcast_sta to make this check invalid.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[change commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sta_info_get_bss() is equivalent to sta_info_get() in the
mesh case, since sta->sdata->bss will be NULL (it's only
set for AP/AP_VLAN interfaces.) Thus, the mesh check here
isn't actually needed - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using IEEE 802.11r FT OVER-DS roaming with AP_VLAN, hostapd needs to
send out a frame using CMD_FRAME for a station assigned to an AP_VLAN
interface.
Right now, the userspace needs to give the exact AP_VLAN interface index
for CMD_FRAME; hostapd does not do this. Additionally, userspace cannot
use GET_STATION to query the AP_VLAN ifidx, as while GET_STATION finds
stations assigned to AP_VLAN even if the AP iface is queried, it does not
return AP_VLAN ifidx (it returns the queried one).
This breaks IEEE 802.11r over_ds with vlans, as the reply frame does not
get out. This patch fixes this by using get_sta_bss for CMD_FRAME.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As pointed out by Michael Braun, we don't check inner L2 addresses
during A-MSDU decapsulation, leading to the possibility that, for
example, a station associated to an AP sends frames as though they
came from somewhere else.
Fix this problem by letting cfg80211 validate the addresses, as
indicated by passing in the ones that need to be validated.
Reported-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used
to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and
make them seem to come from somewhere else.
Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in
further patches we'll start using them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true,
which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs
to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211
instead and let mac80211 call it itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In mac80211, multicast A-MSDUs are accepted in many cases that
they shouldn't be accepted in:
* drop A-MSDUs with a multicast A1 (RA), as required by the
spec in 9.11 (802.11-2012 version)
* drop A-MSDUs with a 4-addr header, since the fourth address
can't actually be useful for them; unless 4-address frame
format is actually requested, even though the fourth address
is still not useful in this case, but ignored
Accepting the first case, in particular, is very problematic
since it allows anyone else with possession of a GTK to send
unicast frames encapsulated in a multicast A-MSDU, even when
the AP has client isolation enabled.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Resolve the merge conflict between Felix's/my and Toke's patches
coming into the tree through net and mac80211-next respectively.
Most of Felix's changes go away due to Toke's new infrastructure
work, my patch changes to "goto begin" (the label wasn't there
before) instead of returning NULL so flow control towards drivers
is preserved better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than
one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific
packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is
sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the
TXQ.
This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An
early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue,
and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts
at once.
Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation
handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and
on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ
structure.
This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place
for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX
handler code slightly more complex.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
[fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void,
remove a useless txq->sta check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The old value was 30ms, which means mesh sync will treat
any value below as merely TSF drift. This isn't really
reasonable (typical drift is < 10us/s) since people
probably want to adjust TSF in smaller increments (for ie.
beacon collision avoidance) without mesh sync fighting
back.
Change max drift adjustment to 0.8ms, so manual TSF
adjustments can be made in 1ms increments, with some
margin.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental
TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in
programming absolute TSF.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Small devices can run out of memory from queueing too many packets. If
VHT is not supported by the PHY, having more than 4 MBytes of total
queue in the TXQ intermediate queues is not needed, and so we can safely
limit the memory usage in these cases and avoid OOM.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an API to report NAN function match. Mac80211 will lookup the
corresponding cookie and report the match to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function
termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for
NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current
NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation).
Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used
both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes
and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and
stop the vif.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface.
A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it
doesn't have a netdev associated to it.
Add the new interface type and prevent operations that
can't be executed on NAN interface like scan.
Define several attributes that may be configured by user space
when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual
band operation)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TXQ path restructure requires ieee80211_tx_dequeue() to call TX
handlers and parts of the xmit_fast path. Move the function to later in
tx.c in preparation for this.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently uses rhashtable with insecure_elasticity set
to true. The latter is because of duplicate objects. What's
more, mac80211 walks the rhashtable chains by hand which is broken
as rhashtable may contain multiple tables due to resizing or
rehashing.
This patch fixes it by converting it to the newly added rhltable
interface which is designed for use with duplicate objects.
With rhltable a lookup returns a list of objects instead of a
single one. This is then fed into the existing for_each_sta_info
macro.
This patch also deletes the sta_addr_hash function since rhashtable
defaults to jhash.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s1MY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have various things - all across the board:
* MU-MIMO sniffer support in mac80211
* a create_singlethread_workqueue() cleanup
* interface dump filtering that was documented but not implemented
* support for the new radiotap timestamp field
* send delBA in two unexpected conditions (as required by the spec)
* connect keys cleanups - allow only WEP with index 0-3
* per-station aggregation limit to work around broken APs
* debugfs improvement for the integrated codel algorithm
and various other small improvements and cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In 46fa38e84b ("mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with
AP_LINK_PS"), Johannes allowed to use mac80211's code for handling
stations that go to PS or send PS-Poll / uAPSD trigger frames for
devices that enable RSS.
This means that mac80211 doesn't look at frames anymore but rather
relies on a notification that will come from the device when a PS
transition occurs or when a PS-Poll / trigger frame is detected by
the device.
iwlwifi will need this capability but still needs mac80211 to take
care of the TIM IE. Today, if a driver sets AP_LINK_PS, mac80211
will not update the TIM IE. Change mac80211 to check existence of
the set_tim driver callback rather than using AP_LINK_PS to decide
if the driver handles the TIM IE internally or not.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Based on consecutive msdu failures, mac80211 triggers CQM packet-loss
mechanism. Drivers like ath10k that have its own connection monitoring
algorithm, offloaded to firmware for triggering station kickout. In case
of station kickout, driver will report low ack status by mac80211 API
(ieee80211_report_low_ack).
This flag will enable the driver to completely rely on firmware events
for station kickout and bypass mac80211 packet loss mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No drivers implement this, relying either on the recursive
directory removal to remove their debugfs, or not having any
to start with. Remove the dead driver callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If chanctx is derived as container_of() from a non-NULL pointer,
it can't ever be NULL. Since we checked conf before, that's true
here, so remove the useless NULL check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The next line overwrites this assignment, so remove it; there's
no real value in using it for the next assignment either.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Passing the 'info' pointer where a 'info->aborted' is expected will
always lead to tracing to erroneously record that the scan was aborted,
fix that by passing the correct info->aborted. The remaining data will
be collected in cfg80211, so I haven't duplicated it here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the unlikely situation that the supplicant has negotiated
admission for the background AC (which it has no reason to as
it's not supposed to be requiring admission control to start
with, and we'd ignore such a requirement anyway), the loop
here may terminate with non_acm_ac == 4, which leads to an
array overrun.
Check this explicitly just for completeness.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mac80211 doesn't currently support TSIDs 8-15 which can
only be used after QoS TSPEC negotiation (and not even after
WMM negotiation), reject attempts to set up aggregation
sessions for them, which might confuse drivers. In mac80211
we do correctly handle that, but the TSIDs should never get
used anyway, and drivers might not be able to handle it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The A-MSDU TX code (within TXQs) didn't always check the return value
of skb_linearize() properly, resulting in potentially passing a frag-
list SKB down to the driver even when it said it can't handle it. Fix
that.
Fixes: 6e0456b545 ("mac80211: add A-MSDU tx support")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
__ieee80211_suspend() checks early on if there's anything
to do by checking open_count, so there's no need to check
again later in the function. Remove the useless check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
smatch pointed out that the second check of "tdls_auth" was
pointless since if it was true, we returned from the function
already. We can further simplify the code by moving the first
check (if it's a TDLS peer at all) into the outer if, to only
handle that inside. This simplifies the control flow here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the 'aqm' stats in mac80211 only keeps overlimit drop stats,
not CoDel stats. This moves the CoDel stats into the txqi structure to
keep them per txq in order to show them in debugfs.
In addition, the aqm debugfs output is restructured by splitting it up
into three files: One global per phy, one per netdev and one per
station, in the appropriate directories. The files are all called aqm,
and are only created if the driver supports the wake_tx_queue op (rather
than emitting an error on open as previously).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A fixed mpath was not quite being treated as such:
1) if a PERR frame was received, a fixed mpath was
deactivated.
2) queued path discovery for fixed mpath was potentially
being considered, changing mpath state.
3) other mpath flags were potentially being inherited when
fixing the mpath. Just assign PATH_FIXED and SN_VALID.
This solves several issues when fixing a mesh path in one
direction. The reverse direction mpath should probably
also be fixed, or root announcements at least be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using intermediate queues, sequence number allocation is deferred
until dequeue. This doesn't work for PS response frames, which bypass
those queues.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the case where the mac80211 intermediate queues are empty and the
driver has buffered frames
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't have a BA session, send delBA, as requested by the
IEEE 802.11 spec. Apply the same limit of sending such a delBA
only once as in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive data frames with ACK policy BlockAck, send
delBA as requested by the 802.11 spec. Since this would be
happening for every frame inside an A-MPDU if it's really
received outside a session, limit it to a single attempt.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information
to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently
only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap
mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility
in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in
the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
add support to MU-MIMO air sniffer according groupID:
in monitor mode, use a given MU-MIMO groupID to monitor stations
that belongs to that group using MU-MIMO.
add support for following a station according to its MAC address
using VHT MU-MIMO sniffer:
the monitors wait until they get an action MU-MIMO notification
frame, then parses it in order to find the groupID that corresponds
to the given MAC address and monitors packets destined to that
groupID using VHT MU-MIMO.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ability to change the max_rx_aggregation frames is useful
in cases of IOP.
There exist some devices (latest mobile phones and some AP's)
that tend to not respect a BA sessions maximum size (in Kbps).
These devices won't respect the AMPDU size that was negotiated during
association (even though they do respect the maximal number of packets).
This violation is characterized by a valid number of packets in
a single AMPDU. Even so, the total size will exceed the size negotiated
during association.
Eventually, this will cause some undefined behavior, which in turn
causes the hw to drop packets, causing the throughput to plummet.
This patch will make the subframe limitation to be held by each station,
instead of being held only by hw.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Insert the u32 monitor flags variable in a new structure
that represents a monitor interface.
This will allow to add more configuration variables to
that structure which will happen in an upcoming change.
Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop downgrading TDLS chandef when reaching the AP BW. The AP provides
the necessary regulatory protection in this case.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=153961, which
reported an infinite loop here.
Reported-by: Kamil Toman <kamil.toman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on which method the driver implements, userspace could
call this (indirectly, by getting station info) before the driver
knows about the station, possibly causing it to misbehave.
Therefore, add a check for sta->uploaded which indicates that the
driver knows about the station.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the code only touches the MAC headers, the offsets to the
network/transport headers remain the same throughout this function.
Remove pointless pieces of code that try to 'preserve' them.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh HWMP module will be able to rely on the HW
RC algorithm if it exists, for path metric calculations.
This allows the metric calculation mechanism to calculate
a correct metric, based on PER and last TX rate both via
HW RC algorithm if it exists or via parameters collected
by the SW.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The variable is added to allow the driver an easy access to
it's own hw->priv when the op is invoked.
This fixes a crash in wlcore because it was relying on a
station pointer that wasn't initialized yet. It's the wrong
way to fix the crash, but it solves the problem for now and
it does make sense to have the hw pointer here.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com>
[rewrite commit message, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If QoS frame with EOSP (end of service period) subfield=1 sent by local
peer was not acked by remote peer, local peer did not end the MPSP. This
prevents local peer from going to DOZE state. And if the remote peer
goes away without closing connection, local peer continues AWAKE state
and wastes battery.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code currently assumes that buffered multicast PS frames don't have
a pending ACK frame for tx status reporting.
However, hostapd sends a broadcast deauth frame on teardown for which tx
status is requested. This can lead to the "Have pending ack frames"
warning on module reload.
Fix this by using ieee80211_free_txskb/ieee80211_purge_tx_queue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (e.g. wl18xx) expect that the last stage in the
de-initialization process will be stopping the beacons, similar to AP flow.
Update ieee80211_stop_mesh() flow accordingly.
As peers can be removed dynamically, this would not impact other drivers.
Tested also on Ralink RT3572 chipset.
Signed-off-by: Maital Hahn <maitalm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Machani <yanivma@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The logic was inverted here, set the bit if frames are pending.
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
adds mesh peer AID setting API.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Continuing the workaround implemented in commit 23665aaf91
("mac80211: Interoperability workaround for 80+80 and 160 MHz channels")
use the same code to parse the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch element
by converting to VHT Operation element since the spec also just refers
to that for parsing semantics, particularly with the workaround.
While at it, remove some dead code - the IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_40MHZ
flag can never be set at this point since it's checked earlier and the
wide_bw_chansw_ie pointer is set to NULL if it's set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the following to support beacon report radio measurement
with the measurement mode field set to passive or active:
1. Propagate the required scan duration to the device
2. Report the scan start time (in terms of TSF)
3. Report each BSS's detection time (also in terms of TSF)
TSF times refer to the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
[changed ath9k/10k, at76c59x-usb, iwlegacy, wl1251 and wlcore to match
the new API]
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs
on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement
mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a
scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that
the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received
(both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the
request mode is table, this information is optional.
In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel
dwell time for the measurement.
In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or
passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the
channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time
to scan results information.
Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO).
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current implementation of handling ADDBA Request while a session
is already active with the peer is wrong - in case the peer is using
the existing session's dialog token this should be treated as update
to the session, which can update the timeout value.
We don't really have a good way of supporting that, so reject, but
implement the required behaviour in the spec of "Even if the updated
ADDBA Request frame is not accepted, the original Block ACK setup
remains active." (802.11-2012 10.5.4)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We've accumulated a couple of different fixes now to mesh_sta_cleanup()
due to the different paths that user_mpm and !user_mpm cases take -- one
fix to flush nexthop paths and one to fix the counting.
The only caller of mesh_plink_deactivate() is mesh_sta_cleanup(), so we
can push the user_mpm checks down into there in order to share more
code.
In doing so, we can remove an extra call to mesh_path_flush_by_nexthop()
and the (unnecessary) call to mesh_accept_plinks_update(). This will
also ensure the powersaving state code gets called in the user_mpm case.
The only cleanup tasks we need to avoid when MPM is in user-space
are sending the peering frames and stopping the plink timer, so wrap
those in the appropriate check.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Previously, the action frames to group address was not encrypted. But
[1] "Table 8-38 Category values" indicates "Mesh" and "Multihop" category
action frames should be encrypted (Group addressed privacy == yes). And the
encyption key should be MGTK ([1] 10.13 Group addressed robust management frame
procedures). So this patch modifies the code to make it suitable for spec.
[1] IEEE Std 802.11-2012
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
We normally return an uninitialized value, but no one checks it so it
doesn't matter. Anyway, let's silence the static checker warning.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a user space program (e.g., wpa_supplicant) deletes a STA entry that
is currently in NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB state, the number of established
plinks counter was not decremented and this could result in rejecting
new plink establishment before really hitting the real maximum plink
limit. For !user_mpm case, this decrementation is handled by
mesh_plink_deactive().
Fix this by decrementing estab_plinks on STA deletion
(mesh_sta_cleanup() gets called from there) so that the counter has a
correct value and the Beacon frame advertisement in Mesh Configuration
element shows the proper value for capability to accept additional
peers.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=FvhQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-06-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the next cycle, we have the following:
* the biggest change is Michał's work on integrating FQ/codel
with the mac80211 internal software queues
* cfg80211 connect result gets clarified for the
"no connection at all" case
* advertisement of per-interface type capabilities, in case
they differ (which makes a lot of sense for some capabilities)
* most of the nl80211 & hwsim unprivileged namespace operation
changes
* human-readable VHT capabilities in debugfs
* some other cleanups, like spelling
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no other limit other than a global
packet count limit when using software queuing.
This means a single flow queue can grow insanely
long. This is particularly bad for TCP congestion
algorithms which requires a little more
sophisticated frame dropping scheme than a mere
headdrop on limit overflow.
Hence apply (a slighly modified, to fit the knobs)
CoDel5 on flow queues. This improves TCP
convergence and stability when combined with
wireless driver which keeps its own tx queue/fifo
at a minimum fill level for given link conditions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds a debugfs entry to read and modify some fq parameters.
This makes it easy to debug, test and experiment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[remove module parameter for now]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211's software queues were designed to work
very closely with device tx queues. They are
required to make use of 802.11 packet aggregation
easily and efficiently.
Due to the way 802.11 aggregation is designed it
only makes sense to keep fair queuing as close to
hardware as possible to reduce induced latency and
inertia and provide the best flow responsiveness.
This change doesn't translate directly to
immediate and significant gains. End result
depends on driver's induced latency. Best results
can be achieved if driver keeps its own tx
queue/fifo fill level to a minimum.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Qdiscs are designed with no regard to 802.11
aggregation requirements and hand out
packet-by-packet with no guarantee they are
destined to the same tid. This does more bad than
good no matter how fairly a given qdisc may behave
on an ethernet interface.
Software queuing used per-AC netdev subqueue
congestion control whenever a global AC limit was
hit. This meant in practice a single station or
tid queue could starve others rather easily. This
could resonate with qdiscs in a bad way or could
just end up with poor aggregation performance.
Increasing the AC limit would increase induced
latency which is also bad.
Disabling qdiscs by default and performing
taildrop instead of netdev subqueue congestion
control on the other hand makes it possible for
tid queues to fill up "in the meantime" while
preventing stations starving each other.
This increases aggregation opportunities and
should allow software queuing based drivers
achieve better performance by utilizing airtime
more efficiently with big aggregates.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it a lot easier to understand the capabilities used
by the station:
VHT supported
cap: 0x300819b2
MAX-MPDU-11454
80Mhz
RXLDPC
SHORT-GI-80
TXSTBC
RXSTBC_1
SU-BEAMFORMER-CAPABLE
SU-BEAMFORMEE-CAPABLE
BEAMFORMEE-STS: 0x0
SOUNDING-DIMENSIONS: 0x0
MU-BEAMFORMER-CAPABLE
MPDU-LENGTH-EXPONENT: 0x0
LINK-ADAPTATION-VHT-MRQ-MFB: 0x0
RX-ANTENNA-PATTERN
TX-ANTENNA-PATTERN
RX MCS: fffe
TX MCS: fffe
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The header field is defined as u8[] but also accessed as struct
ieee80211_hdr. Enforce an alignment of 2 to prevent unnecessary
unaligned accesses, which can be very harmful for performance on many
platforms.
Fixes: e495c24731 ("mac80211: extend fast-xmit for more ciphers")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
* remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
string length restrictions)
along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=QNxF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-05-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some more work for 4.7, notably:
* completion and fixups of nla_put_64_64bit() work
* remove a/b/g/n from wext nickname to avoid confusion
with 11ac (which wouldn't even fit fully there due to
string length restrictions)
along with some other minor changes/cleanups.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order,
and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping
track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now.
In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to
still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD
and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that
entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used.
To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger()
and ieee80211_sta_pspoll().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some hardware (iwlwifi an example) de-aggregate AMSDUs and copy the IV
as is to the generated MPDUs, so the same PN appears in multiple
packets without being a replay attack. Allow driver to explicitly
indicate that a frame is allowed to have the same PN as the previous
frame.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, after a sudden AP disappearing and reconnection to
another AP in the same ESS, user space gets the old AP in scan
results (cached). User space may decide to roam to that old AP
which will cause a disconnection and longer recovery.
Remove APs that are probably out of range from BSS table.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/ip_gre.c
Minor conflicts between tunnel bug fixes in net and
ipv6 tunnel cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case that dev_alloc_name() fails, e.g. because the name was
given by the user and already exists, we need to clean up properly
and free the per-CPU statistics. Fix that.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 5a490510ba ("mac80211: use per-CPU TX/RX statistics")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes:
net/mac80211/mesh_hwmp.c:603:26: warning: ‘target_metric’ may be used uninitialized in this function
target_metric is only consumed when reply = true so no bug exists here,
but not all versions of gcc realize it. Initialize to 0 to remove the
warning.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prevents excessive A-MSDU aggregation at low data rates or bad
conditions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support. For good
performance, drivers need frag_list support as well. This avoids the
need for copying data of aggregated frames. Running without it is only
supported for debugging purposes.
To avoid performance and packet size issues, the rate control module or
driver needs to limit the maximum A-MSDU size by setting
max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[fix locking issue]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the
station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will
enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or
shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The regular RX path has a lot of code, but with a few
assumptions on the hardware it's possible to reduce the
amount of code significantly. Currently the assumptions
on the driver are the following:
* hardware/driver reordering buffer (if supporting aggregation)
* hardware/driver decryption & PN checking (if using encryption)
* hardware/driver did de-duplication
* hardware/driver did A-MSDU deaggregation
* AP_LINK_PS is used (in AP mode)
* no client powersave handling in mac80211 (in client mode)
of which some are actually checked per packet:
* de-duplication
* PN checking
* decryption
and additionally packets must
* not be A-MSDU (have been deaggregated by driver/device)
* be data packets
* not be fragmented
* be unicast
* have RFC 1042 header
Additionally dynamically we assume:
* no encryption or CCMP/GCMP, TKIP/WEP/other not allowed
* station must be authorized
* 4-addr format not enabled
Some data needed for the RX path is cached in a new per-station
"fast_rx" structure, so that we only need to look at this and
the packet, no other memory when processing packets on the fast
RX path.
After doing the above per-packet checks, the data path collapses
down to a pretty simple conversion function taking advantage of
the data cached in the small fast_rx struct.
This should speed up the RX processing, and will make it easier
to reason about parallelizing RX (for which statistics will need
to be per-CPU still.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On 32-bit platforms, the 64-bit counters we keep need to be protected
to be consistently read. Use the u64_stats_sync mechanism to do that.
In order to not end up with overly long lines, refactor the tidstats
assignments a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When storing the last_rate_* values in the RX code, there's nothing
to guarantee consistency, so a concurrent reader could see, e.g.
last_rate_idx on the new value, but last_rate_flag still on the old,
getting completely bogus values in the end.
To fix this, I lifted the sta_stats_encode_rate() function from my
old rate statistics code, which encodes the entire rate data into a
single 16-bit value, avoiding the consistency issue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of touching the rx_stats.last_rx from the status path, introduce
and use a status_stats.last_ack variable. This will make rx_stats.last_rx
indicate when the last frame was received, making it available for real
"last_rx" and statistics gathering; statistics, when done per-CPU, will
need to figure out which place was updated last for those items where the
"last" value is exposed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to update rx_stats.last_rx after allocating
a station since it's already updated during allocation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the averaged values out of rx_stats and into rx_stats_avg,
to cleanly split them out. The averaged ones cannot be supported
for parallel RX in a per-CPU fashion, while the other values can
be collected per CPU and then combined/selected when needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the semicolon, people typically assume that and
once line already put a semicolon behind the "call".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the RX MSDU statistics, we need to count the number of
MSDUs created and accepted from an A-MSDU. Right now, all
frames in any A-MSDUs were completely ignored. Fix this by
moving the RX MSDU statistics accounting into the deliver
function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band
from their device, which station transmitted a given RX
frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211
to save the extra lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Lockdep warned of a lock dependency between the mesh_plink lock
and the internal lock for the rhashtable. The problem is that
the rhashtable code uses a spin lock with softirqs enabled, while
mesh_plink_timer executes a walk (to flush paths on a state change)
inside a softirq with the plink lock held.
This leads to the following deadlock if the timer fires while rht
lock is held on this CPU, and plink lock is held on another CPU:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(&(&ht->lock)->rlock);
local_irq_disable();
lock(&(&sta->mesh->plink_lock)->rlock);
lock(&(&ht->lock)->rlock);
<Interrupt>
lock(&(&sta->mesh->plink_lock)->rlock);
*** DEADLOCK ***
Fix by waiting until we drop the plink lock to flush paths.
Fixes: d48a1b7cd439 ("mac80211: mesh: convert path table to rhashtable")
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several of the mesh path fields are undocumented and some
of the documentation is no longer correct or relevant after
the switch to rhashtable. Clean up the kernel doc
accordingly and reorder some fields to match the structure
layout.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reduce padding waste in struct mesh_table and struct rmc_entry by
moving the smaller fields to the end.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we have converted the mesh path tables to rhashtable, we are
no longer swapping out the entire mesh_pathtbl pointer with RCU.
As a result, we no longer need indirection to the hlist head for
the gates list and can simply embed it, saving a pair of
pointer-sized allocations.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RMC cache has 256 list heads plus a u32, which puts it at the
unfortunate size of 4104 bytes with padding. kmalloc() will then
round this up to the next power-of-two, so we wind up actually
using two pages here where most of the second is wasted.
Switch to hlist heads here to reduce the structure size down to
fit within a page.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the unlikely case that mesh_rmc_init() fails with -ENOMEM,
the rmc pointer will be left as NULL but the interface is still
operational because ieee80211_mesh_init_sdata() is not allowed
to fail.
If this happens, we would blindly dereference rmc when checking
whether a multicast frame is in the cache. Instead just drop the
frames in the forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanism, and thus if a P2P GO
has a legacy client connected to it, it should disable P2P PS mechanisms.
Let the driver know about this with a new bss_conf parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the likely case that probe_count is 0, don't write to the
memory there.
Also use ifmgd consistently in the function, instead of using
sdata->u.mgd as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code is only used with iwlwifi, but still should have proper
mac80211 naming scheme; fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid the really strange %s%s%s expression, use an array
of flag names and check that all flags are present.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the device implements dynamic PS itself, there's no need
to ever start the dynamic powersave timer on RX.
While at it, fix up some indentation in this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the previous patch, the struct only has a single member,
so remove the struct and leave just the single member.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove unused variable in per STA debugfs structure, 'commit 34e895075e
("mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep")' removed the only user of
'add_has_run'.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the debugfs entry for starting aggregation session
starts it with timeout of 5 seconds. Allow opening a session
with a custom timeout (according to spec 0 is no timeout).
while at it, refactor the function and remove the magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
NETIF_F_RXCSUM is not in the white list, though some
drivers may want to set it in order to enable seeing the
actual RX checksum status in ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow publishing RRM capabilities for features that are not
HW dependent.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There were a few issues that were slowing down the process of finding
the optimal rate, especially on devices with multi-rate retry
limitations:
When max_tp_rate[0] was slower than max_tp_rate[1], the code did not
sample max_tp_rate[1], which would often allow it to switch places with
max_tp_rate[0] (e.g. if only the first sampling attempts were bad, but the
rate is otherwise good).
Also, sample attempts of rates between max_tp_rate[0] and [1] were being
ignored in this case, because the code only checked if the rate was
slower than [1].
Fix this by checking against the fastest / second fastest max_tp_rate
instead of assuming a specific order between the two.
In my tests this patch significantly reduces the time until minstrel_ht
finds the optimal rate right after assoc
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we enqueued the frame that was supposed to be sent
during the SP, and that frame may very well cary the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit, we may never close the SP
(WLAN_STA_SP will never be cleared). If that happens, we
will not open any new SP and will never respond to any poll
frame from the client.
Clear WLAN_STA_SP manually if a frame that was polled during
the SP is queued because of a starting A-MPDU session. The
client may not see the EOSP bit, but it will at least be
able to poll new frames in another SP.
Reported-by: Alesya Shapira <alesya.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove erroneous comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that the station is connected to an AP
with bandwidth of 80+80MHz or 160MHz. In such cases
there is no need to perform an upgrade as the maximal
supported bandwidth is 80MHz.
In addition, when upgrading and setting center_freq1
and bandwidth to 80MHz also set center_freq2 to 0.
Fixes: 0fabfaafec ("mac80211: upgrade BW of TDLS peers when possible"
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Frames that are sent between
ampdu_action(IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START) and the move to the
HT_AGG_STATE_OPERATIONAL state are buffered.
If we try to start an A-MPDU session while the peer is
sleeping and polling frames with U-APSD, we may have frames
that will be buffered by ieee80211_tx_prep_agg. These frames
have IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set since they are sent to
a sleeping client and possibly IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP.
If the frame is buffered, we need clear these two flags
since they will be re-sent after the move to
HT_AGG_STATE_OPERATIONAL state which is very likely to
happen after the SP ends.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 976bd9efda ("mac80211: move beacon_loss_count into ifmgd")
removed the member from the sta_info struct but the description stayed
lingering. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By default, the rhashtable logic will fail to insert
objects if the key-chains are too long and un-balanced.
In the degenerate case where mac80211 is creating many
virtual interfaces connected to the same peer(s), this
case can happen.
St insecure_elasticity to true to allow chains to grow
as long as needed.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[remove message, change commit message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The original hand-implemented hash-table in mac80211 couldn't result
in insertion errors, and while converting to rhashtable I evidently
forgot to check the errors.
This surfaced now only because Ben is adding many identical keys and
that resulted in hidden insertion errors.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7bedd0cfad ("mac80211: use rhashtable for station table")
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fall back to rate control if the requested bitrate was not found.
Fixes: dfdfc2beb0 ("mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MCS bandwidth part of the radiotap header is 2 bits wide. The full 2
bit have to compared against IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_BW_40 and not only if
the first bit is set. Otherwise IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_BW_40 can be
confused with IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_BW_20U.
Fixes: dfdfc2beb0 ("mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in injected frames")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a
situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and
results in station removal while there are prior RX frames
that were still not processed in other queues. When they will
be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be
dropped.
Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns
from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the time since the mesh path table was implemented as an
RCU-traversable, dynamically growing hash table, a generic RCU
hashtable implementation was added to the kernel.
Switch the mesh path table over to rhashtable to remove some code
and also gain some features like automatic shrinking.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh path table uses a struct mesh_node in its hlists in
order to support a resizable hash table: the mesh_node provides
an indirection to the actual mesh path so that two different
bucket lists can point to the same path entry.
However, for the known gates list, we don't need this indirection
because there is ever only one list. So we can just embed the
hlist_node in the mesh path itself, which simplifies things a bit
and saves a linear search whenever we need to find an item in
the list.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove duplicate code to allocate and initialize a mesh
path or mesh proxy path.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that the sdata pointer is the same for all entries of a
path table, hashing it is pointless, so hash only the address.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh path and mesh gate hashtables are global, containing
all of the mpaths for every mesh interface, but the paths are
all tied logically to a single interface. The common case is
just a single mesh interface, so optimize for that by moving
the global hashtable into the per-interface struct.
Doing so allows us to drop sdata pointer comparisons inside
the lookups and also saves a few bytes of BSS and data.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the cfg80211 scan trigger operation specifies a single BSSID, use
that value instead of the wildcard BSSID in the Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The min_def chanctx is affected not only by the current chandef, but
sometimes also by other stations on the vif. There's a valid scenario
where a TDLS peer can widen its BW, thereby causing the min_def
to increase.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The previous approach simply ignored chandef restrictions when calculating
the appropriate peer BW for a WIDER_BW peer. This could result in a
regulatory violation if both peers indicated 80MHz support, but the
regdomain forbade it.
Change the approach to setting a WIDER_BW peer's BW. Don't exempt it from
the chandef width at first. If during TDLS negotiation the chandef width
is upgraded, update the peer's BW to match.
Fixes: 0fabfaafec ("mac80211: upgrade BW of TDLS peers when possible")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the current chandef width is equal to the station's max-BW, it
doesn't mean it's a valid width for TDLS. Make sure to always check
regulatory constraints in these cases.
Fixes: 0fabfaafec ("mac80211: upgrade BW of TDLS peers when possible")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Buffered multicast frames must be passed to the driver directly via
drv_tx instead of going through the txq, otherwise they cannot easily be
scheduled to be sent after DTIM.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When HW crypto is used, there's no need for the CCMP/GCMP MIC to
be available to mac80211, and the hardware might have removed it
already after checking. The MIC is also useless to have when the
frame is already decrypted, so allow indicating that it's not
present.
Since we are running out of bits in mac80211_rx_flags, make
the flags field a u64.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was requested by Android, and the appropriate cfg80211 API
had been added by Dmitry. Support it in mac80211, allowing drivers
to provide the timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT radiotap parsing support to ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap().
That capability has been tested using a d-link dir-860l rev b1 running
OpenWrt trunk and mt76 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function. Reset
function is straightforward, and will remove the unnecessary add
operation in set function.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* check GCMP encryption vs. fragmentation properly; we'd found
this problem quite a while ago but waited for the 802.11 spec
to be updated
* fix RTS/CTS logic in minstrel_ht
* fix RX of certain public action frames in AP mode
* add mac80211_hwsim to MAC80211 in MAINTAINERS, this helps
the kbuild robot pick up the right tree for it
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2rZC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-03-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here are a few more fixes for the current cycle:
* check GCMP encryption vs. fragmentation properly; we'd found
this problem quite a while ago but waited for the 802.11 spec
to be updated
* fix RTS/CTS logic in minstrel_ht
* fix RX of certain public action frames in AP mode
* add mac80211_hwsim to MAC80211 in MAINTAINERS, this helps
the kbuild robot pick up the right tree for it
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTS/CTS needs to be enabled if the rate is a fallback rate *or* if it's
a dual-stream rate and the sta is in dynamic SMPS mode.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: a3ebb4e1b7 ("mac80211: minstrel_ht: handle peers in dynamic SMPS")
Reported-by: Matías Richart <mrichart@fing.edu.uy>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Public Action frames use special rules for how the BSSID field (Address
3) is set. A wildcard BSSID is used in cases where the transmitter and
recipient are not members of the same BSS. As such, we need to accept
Public Action frames with wildcard BSSID.
Commit db8e173245 ("mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when
operating as AP") added a rule that drops Action frames to TDLS-peers
based on an Action frame having different DA (Address 1) and BSSID
(Address 3) values. This is not correct since it misses the possibility
of BSSID being a wildcard BSSID in which case the Address 1 would not
necessarily match.
Fix this by allowing mac80211 to accept wildcard BSSID in an Action
frame when in AP mode.
Fixes: db8e173245 ("mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when operating as AP")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Just like for CCMP we need to check that for GCMP the fragments
have PNs that increment by one; the spec was updated to fix this
security issue and now has the following text:
The receiver shall discard MSDUs and MMPDUs whose constituent
MPDU PN values are not incrementing in steps of 1.
Adapt the code for CCMP to work for GCMP as well, luckily the
relevant fields already alias each other so no code duplication
is needed (just check the aliasing with BUILD_BUG_ON.)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
it getting stuck
* wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
* fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
* fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
* clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
(IBSS, all other places already did so)
* fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
* set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=01n9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2016-02-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Another small set of fixes:
* stop critical protocol session on disconnect to avoid
it getting stuck
* wext: fix two RTNL message ordering issues
* fix an uninitialized value (found by KASAN)
* fix an out-of-bounds access (also found by KASAN)
* clear connection keys when freeing them in all cases
(IBSS, all other places already did so)
* fix expected throughput unit to get consistent values
* set default TX aggregation timeout to 0 in minstrel
to avoid (really just hide) issues and perform better
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers may need to track which vif is using VHT MU-MIMO.
Move the flag indicationg the ownership of MU_MIMO to
ieee80211_vif.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide an interface to the lower level driver to set the VHT
MU-MIMO data. This is needed for example when there is an update
of the group data during low power state, where the management
frame will not be passed to the host at all.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the PNs of all the tx keys are now tracked in the public
part of the key struct (with atomic counter), we no longer
need these functions.
dvm and vt665{5,6} are currently the only users of these functions,
so update them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers/devices might want to set the IVs by
themselves (and still let mac80211 generate MMIC).
Specifically, this is needed when the device does
offloading at certain times, and the driver has
to make sure that the IVs of new tx frames (from
the host) are synchronized with IVs that were
potentially used during the offloading.
Similarly to CCMP, move the TX IVs of TKIP keys to the
public part of the key struct, and export a function
to add the IV right into the crypto header.
The public tx_pn field is defined as atomic64, so define
TKIP_PN_TO_IV16/32 helper macros to convert it to iv16/32
when needed.
Since the iv32 used for the p1k cache is taken
directly from the frame, we can safely remove
iv16/32 from being protected by tkip.txlock.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix wiphy supported_band access in tx radiotap parsing introduced
in commit 5ec3aed9ba4c ("mac80211: Parse legacy and HT rate in
injected frames"). In particular, info->band is always set to 0
(IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ) since it has not assigned yet.
This cause a kernel crash on 5GHz only devices.
Move ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap() after info->band assignment
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The source and destintation addresses in the memcpy arguments
are flipped. Fix that.
Fixes: 23a1f8d44c0b("mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mpp_path_del() and mesh_path_del() are mostly the same function.
Move common code into a new static function.
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remember the last time when a mpp table entry is used for
rx or tx and remove them after MESH_PATH_EXPIRE time.
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the mesh_path_del() function remove all mpp table entries
that are proxied by the removed mesh path.
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prepararation for zero-copy A-MSDU support with page fragment SKBs
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On error we jumped to the error label and returned the error code but we
missed releasing sinfo.
Fixes: 5fe74014172d ("mac80211: avoid excessive stack usage in sta_info")
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudip@vectorindia.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Number of deployed 80 MHz capable VHT stations that do not support 80+80
and 160 MHz bandwidths seem to misbehave when trying to connect to an AP
that advertises 80+80 or 160 MHz channel bandwidth in the VHT Operation
element. To avoid such issues with deployed devices, modify the design
based on recently accepted IEEE 802.11 standard changes (*).
This allows poorly implemented VHT 80 MHz stations to connect with the
AP in 80 MHz mode. 80+80 and 160 MHz capable stations need to support
the new workaround mechanism to allow full bandwidth to be used.
However, there are more or less no impacted station with 80+80/160
capability deployed.
The rebased version of this patch is based on the updated version from
Johannes Berg to take the HT/VHT chandef refactoring into account.
(*) Changes in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/15/11-15-1530-04-000m-vht160-operation-signaling-through-non-zero-ccfs1.docx
were accepted during the IEEE 802.11 January 2016 meeting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder
buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come
in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them.
This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in
firmware.
Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this
function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows
marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future
reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up ieee80211_rx_reorder_ready() callers by passing the RX
TID struct and the index, instead of the frames list. This will
make it more extensible as well.
While at it, move the inline to rx.c as it's only used there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow drivers to make more educated
decisions whether to defer transmission or not.
Relying on wake_tx_queue() call count implicitly
was not possible because it could be called
without queued frame count actually changing on
software tx aggregation start/stop code paths.
It was also not possible to know how long
byte-wise queue was without dequeueing.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers/devices without their own rate control algorithm can get the
information what rates they should use from either the radiotap header of
injected frames or from the rate control algorithm. But the parsing of the
legacy rate information from the radiotap header was removed in commit
e6a9854b05 ("mac80211/drivers: rewrite the rate control API").
The removal of this feature heavily reduced the usefulness of frame
injection when wanting to simulate specific transmission behavior. Having
rate parsing together with MCS rates and retry support allows a fine
grained selection of the tx behavior of injected frames for these kind of
tests.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mean_chain_len field in struct mesh_table is copied whenever a
new mesh table is allocated, but only ever has the value 2 and is
never otherwise updated, so just remove it and use the related
define instead.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING is set, the sta_info_insert_finish
function consumes more stack than normally, exceeding the
1024 byte limit on ARM:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c: In function 'sta_info_insert_finish':
net/mac80211/sta_info.c:561:1: error: the frame size of 1080 bytes is larger than 1024 bytes [-Werror=frame-larger-than=]
It turns out that there are two functions that put a 'struct station_info'
on the stack: __sta_info_destroy_part2 and sta_info_insert_finish, and
this structure alone requires up to 792 bytes.
Hoping that both are called rarely enough, this replaces the
on-stack structure with a dynamic allocation, which unfortunately
requires some suboptimal error handling for out-of-memory.
The __sta_info_destroy_part2 function is actually affected by the
stack usage twice because it calls cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), which
has another instance of struct station_info on its stack.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 98b6218388 ("mac80211/cfg80211: add station events")
Fixes: 6f7a8d26e2 ("mac80211: send statistics with delete station event")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make sure there's at least a debug message whenever the
connection to the AP is terminated.
Also change one message from wiphy_debug() to the common
mlme_dbg().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When joining IBSS a full scan should be initiated in order to search
for existing cell, unless the fixed_channel parameter was set.
A default channel to create the IBSS on if no cell was found is
provided as well.
However - a scan is initiated only on the default channel provided
regardless of whether ifibss->fixed_channel is set or not, with the
obvious result of the cell not joining existing IBSS cell that is
on another channel.
Fixes: 76bed0f43b ("mac80211: IBSS fix scan request")
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The timestamp given by iwlwifi is at the beginning of the
frame over the air, at (or during) the SYNC field. Allow
such timestamps to be given to mac80211, at least (for now)
for frames with non-HT/VHT preambles.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_queue_stopped() expects hw queue
number but it was given raw WMM AC number instead.
This could cause frame drops and problems with
traffic in some cases - most notably if driver
doesn't map AC numbers to queue numbers 1:1 and
uses ieee80211_stop_queues() and
ieee80211_wake_queue() only without ever calling
ieee80211_wake_queues().
On ath10k it was possible to hit this problem in
the following case:
1. wlan0 uses queue 0
(ath10k maps queues per vif)
2. offchannel uses queue 15
3. queues 1-14 are unused
4. ieee80211_stop_queues()
5. ieee80211_wake_queue(q=0)
6. ieee80211_wake_queue(q=15)
(other queues are not woken up because both
driver and mac80211 know other queues are
unused)
7. ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding()
8. ieee80211_select_queue_80211() returns 2
9. ieee80211_queue_stopped(q=2) returns true
10. frame is dropped (oops!)
Fixes: d3c1597b8d ("mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The driver can access the queue simultanously
while mac80211 tears down the interface. Without
spinlock protection this could lead to corrupting
sk_buff_head and subsequently to an invalid
pointer dereference.
Fixes: ba8c3d6f16 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove unnecessory "if" statement and club it with previos "if" block.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Shahu <shshahu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station MLME and IBSS/mesh ones use entirely different
code for interpreting HT and VHT operation elements. Change
the code that interprets them a bit - it now modifies an
existing chandef - and use it also in the MLME code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In VHT, the specification allows to limit the number of
MSDUs in an A-MSDU in the Extended Capabilities IE. There
is also a limitation on the byte size in the VHT IE.
In HT, the only limitation is on the byte size.
Parse the capabilities from the peer and make them
available to the driver.
In HT, there is another limitation when a BA agreement
is active: the byte size can't be greater than 4095.
This is not enforced here.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The minimum chandef bandwidth calculation was done only in case
a new station was inserted (or when an existing station was removed).
However, it is possible that stations are inserted before they are
associated, e.g., when FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported and user
space adds stations unassociated.
Fix this by calling ieee80211_recalc_min_chandef() whenever
a station transitions in/out the associated state, and only
consider station marked as associated.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g.
AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would
only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to
be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces
for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP +
monitor.
To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether
a given frame should be:
- processed but not delivered to any monitor vif
- not processed but delievered to monitor vifs
only
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable driver to manage the reordering logic itself.
This is needed for example for the iwlwifi driver that
will support hardware assisted reordering.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The value 5000 was put here with the addition of the timeout field to
ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session. It was originally added in mac80211 to
save resources for drivers like iwlwifi, which only supports a limited
number of concurrent aggregation sessions.
Since iwlwifi does not use minstrel_ht and other drivers don't need
this, 0 is a better default - especially since there have been
recent reports of aggregation setup related issues reproduced with
ath9k. This should improve stability without causing any adverse
effects.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Avery Pennarun <apenwarr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The change from cur_tp to the function
minstrel_get_tp_avg/minstrel_ht_get_tp_avg changed the unit used for the
current throughput. For example in minstrel_ht the correct
conversion between them would be:
mrs->cur_tp / 10 == minstrel_ht_get_tp_avg(..).
This factor 10 must also be included in the calculation of
minstrel_get_expected_throughput and minstrel_ht_get_expected_throughput to
return values with the unit [Kbps] instead of [10Kbps]. Otherwise routing
algorithms like B.A.T.M.A.N. V will make incorrect decision based on these
values. Its kernel based implementation expects expected_throughput always
to have the unit [Kbps] and not sometimes [10Kbps] and sometimes [Kbps].
The same requirement has iw or olsrdv2's nl80211 based statistics module
which retrieve the same data via NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 6a27b2c40b ("mac80211: restructure per-rate throughput calculation into function")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch fixes this splat
BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in minstrel_ht_update_stats.isra.7+0x6e1/0x9e0
[mac80211] at addr ffff8800cee640f4 Read of size 4 by task swapper/3/0
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CALYGNiNyJhSaVnE35qS6UCGaSb2Dx1_i5HcRavuOX14oTz2P+w@mail.gmail.com
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This looks like a lot but it's a mixture of regression fixes as well
as fixes for longer standing issues.
1) Fix on-channel cancellation in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Handle CHECKSUM_COMPLETE properly in xt_TCPMSS netfilter xtables
module, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Avoid infinite loop in UDP SO_REUSEPORT logic, also from Eric
Dumazet.
4) Avoid a NULL deref if we try to set SO_REUSEPORT after a socket is
bound, from Craig Gallek.
5) GRO key comparisons don't take lightweight tunnels into account,
from Jesse Gross.
6) Fix struct pid leak via SCM credentials in AF_UNIX, from Eric
Dumazet.
7) We need to set the rtnl_link_ops of ipv6 SIT tunnels before we
register them, otherwise the NEWLINK netlink message is missing
the proper attributes. From Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo.
8) Several Spectrum chip bug fixes for mlxsw switch driver, from Ido
Schimmel
9) Handle fragments properly in ipv4 easly socket demux, from Eric
Dumazet.
10) Don't ignore the ifindex key specifier on ipv6 output route
lookups, from Paolo Abeni"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (128 commits)
tcp: avoid cwnd undo after receiving ECN
irda: fix a potential use-after-free in ircomm_param_request
net: tg3: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: nb8800: avoid uninitialized variable warning
net: vxge: avoid unused function warnings
net: bgmac: clarify CONFIG_BCMA dependency
net: hp100: remove unnecessary #ifdefs
net: davinci_cpdma: use dma_addr_t for DMA address
ipv6/udp: use sticky pktinfo egress ifindex on connect()
ipv6: enforce flowi6_oif usage in ip6_dst_lookup_tail()
netlink: not trim skb for mmaped socket when dump
vxlan: fix a out of bounds access in __vxlan_find_mac
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: fix port VLAN maps
fib_trie: Fix shift by 32 in fib_table_lookup
net: moxart: use correct accessors for DMA memory
ipv4: ipconfig: avoid unused ic_proto_used symbol
bnxt_en: Fix crash in bnxt_free_tx_skbs() during tx timeout.
bnxt_en: Exclude rx_drop_pkts hw counter from the stack's rx_dropped counter.
bnxt_en: Ring free response from close path should use completion ring
net_sched: drr: check for NULL pointer in drr_dequeue
...
Use kzalloc instead of kmalloc for struct tid_ampdu_rx to
initialize the "removed" field (all others are initialized
manually). That fixes:
UBSAN: Undefined behaviour in net/mac80211/rx.c:932:29
load of value 2 is not a valid value for type '_Bool'
CPU: 3 PID: 1134 Comm: kworker/u16:7 Not tainted 4.5.0-rc1+ #265
Workqueue: phy0 rt2x00usb_work_rxdone
0000000000000004 ffff880254a7ba50 ffffffff8181d866 0000000000000007
ffff880254a7ba78 ffff880254a7ba68 ffffffff8188422d ffffffff8379b500
ffff880254a7bab8 ffffffff81884747 0000000000000202 0000000348620032
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8181d866>] dump_stack+0x45/0x5f
[<ffffffff8188422d>] ubsan_epilogue+0xd/0x40
[<ffffffff81884747>] __ubsan_handle_load_invalid_value+0x67/0x70
[<ffffffff82227b4d>] ieee80211_sta_reorder_release.isra.16+0x5ed/0x730
[<ffffffff8222ca14>] ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0xd04/0x1c00
[<ffffffff8222db03>] __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet+0x1f3/0x750
[<ffffffff8222e4a7>] ieee80211_rx_napi+0x447/0x990
While at it, convert to use sizeof(*tid_agg_rx) instead.
Fixes: 788211d81b ("mac80211: fix RX A-MPDU session reorder timer deletion")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Chris Bainbridge <chris.bainbridge@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, use sizeof(*tid_agg_rx)]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During a sw scan ieee80211_iface_work ignores work items for all vifs.
However after the scan complete work is requeued only for STA, ADHOC
and MESH iftypes.
This occasionally results in event processing getting delayed/not
processed for iftype AP when it coexists with a STA. This can result
in data halt and eventually disconnection on the AP interface.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sachin Kulkarni <Sachin.Kulkarni@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With upcoming CONFIG_UBSAN the following BUILD_BUG_ON in
net/mac80211/debugfs.c starts to trigger:
BUILD_BUG_ON(hw_flag_names[NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS] != (void *)0x1);
It seems, that compiler instrumentation causes some code
deoptimizations. Because of that GCC is not being able to resolve
condition in BUILD_BUG_ON() at compile time.
We could make size of hw_flag_names array unspecified and replace the
condition in BUILD_BUG_ON() with following:
ARRAY_SIZE(hw_flag_names) != NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
That will have the same effect as before (adding new flag without
updating array will trigger build failure) except it doesn't fail with
CONFIG_UBSAN. As a bonus this patch slightly decreases size of
hw_flag_names array.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ryabinin <aryabinin@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session
block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session.
Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this
parameter.
Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the
drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use to_delayed_work() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@163.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the window
size when starting an RX aggregation session.
To enable managing the reorder buffer in the driver or hardware
the window size is needed.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an option for driver to check for packet duplication
by itself.
This is needed for example by the iwlwifi driver which
parallelizes the RX path and does the duplication check
per queue.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of
category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign
or change the user position of a STA for one or more
group IDs.
Process and save the group membership data. Notify
underlying driver of changes.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Non-bufferable MMPDUs are sent out to STAs even while in PS mode
(for example probe responses). Applying filtered frame handling for
these doesn't seem to make much sense and will only create more
air utilization when the STA wakes up. Hence, apply filtered frame
handling only for bufferable MMPDUs.
Discovered while testing an old VOIP phone that started probing
for APs while in PS mode. The mac80211/ath9k AP where the STA is
associated would reply with a probe response but the phone sometimes
moved to a new channel already and couldn't ack the probe response
anymore. In that case mac80211 applied filtered frame handling
for the un-acked probe response.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On hw restart, mac80211 might try to reconfigure already
stopped sched scan, if ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work()
wasn't scheduled yet.
This in turn will keep the device driver with scheduled scan
configured, while both mac80211 and cfg80211 will clear
their sched scan state once the work is scheduled.
Fix it by ignoring ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() calls
while in hw restart, and flush the work before starting
the reconfiguration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit below broken PS-Poll handling. In case the driver
has no frames buffered, driver_release_tids will be 0, but
calling find_highest_prio_tid() with 0 as a parameter is
not a good idea:
fls(0) - 1 = -1.
This bug caused mac80211 to think that frames were buffered
in the driver which in turn was confused because mac80211
was asking to release frames that were not reported to
exist.
On iwlwifi, this led to the WARNING below:
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 11230 at drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/sta.c:1733 iwl_mvm_sta_modify_sleep_tx_count+0x2af/0x320 [iwlmvm]()
ffffffffc0627c60 ffff8800069b7648 ffffffff81888913 0000000000000000
0000000000000000 ffff8800069b7688 ffffffff81089d6a ffff8800069b7678
0000000000000001 ffff88003b35abf0 ffff88000698b128 ffff8800069b76d4
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81888913>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff81089d6a>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8a/0xc0
[<ffffffff81089e5a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffc05f36bf>] iwl_mvm_sta_modify_sleep_tx_count+0x2af/0x320 [iwlmvm]
[<ffffffffc05dae41>] iwl_mvm_mac_release_buffered_frames+0x31/0x40 [iwlmvm]
[<ffffffffc045d8b6>] ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_response+0x6e6/0xd80 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc0461296>] ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_poll_response+0x26/0x30 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc048f743>] ieee80211_rx_handlers+0xa83/0x2900 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc04917ad>] ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x1ed/0xa70 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc045e3d5>] ? sta_info_get_bss+0x5/0x4a0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc04925b6>] ieee80211_rx_napi+0x586/0xcd0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc05eaa3e>] iwl_mvm_rx_rx_mpdu+0x59e/0xc60 [iwlmvm]
Fixes: 0ead2510f8 ("mac80211: allow the driver to send EOSP when needed")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On reconfig, in case of sched_scan_req->n_scan_plans > 1,
local->sched_scan_req was never cleared, although
cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl() was called, resulting
in local->sched_scan_req holding a stale and preventing
further scheduled scan requests.
Clear it explicitly in this case.
Fixes: 42a7e82c6792 ("mac80211: Do not restart scheduled scan if multiple scan plans are set")
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Defer ROC requests during hw restart, as the driver
might not be fully configured in this stage (e.g.
channel contexts were not added yet)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ilan's previous commit 1b894521e6 ("mac80211: handle HW
ROC expired properly") neglected to take into account that
hw_begun was now always set in the software implementation
as well as the offloaded case.
Fix hw_begun to only apply to the offloaded case to make
the check in Ilan's commit safe and correct.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current (new) code recalculates the new work timeout
for software remain-on-channel whenever any item started.
In two of the callers of ieee80211_handle_roc_started(),
this is completely pointless since they're for hardware
and will skip the recalculation entirely; it's necessary
only in the case of having just added a new item to the
list, as in the last remaining case the recalculation had
just been done.
This last case, however, is also problematic - if one of
the items on the list actually expires during the recalc
the list iteration outside becomes corrupted and crashes.
Fix this by moving the recalculation to the only place
where it's required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/geneve.c
Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An AP can send an operating channel width change in a beacon
opmode notification IE as long as there's a change in the nss as
well (See 802.11ac-2013 section 10.41).
So don't limit updating to nss only from an opmode notification IE.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the AP is advertising limited TX power, the message can be
printed over and over again. Suppress it when the power level
isn't changing.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106011
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During reprogramming, mac80211 currently first adds all the channel
contexts, then binds them to the vifs and then goes to reconfigure
all the interfaces. Drivers might, perhaps implicitly, rely on the
operation order for certain things that typically happen within a
single function elsewhere in mac80211. To avoid problems with that,
reorder the code in mac80211's restart/reprogramming to work fully
within the interface loop so that the order of operations is like
in normal operation.
For iwlwifi, this fixes a firmware crash when reprogramming with an
AP/GO interface active.
Reported-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When reconfiguration during resume fails while a scan is pending
for completion work, that work will never run, and the scan will
be stuck forever. Factor out the code to recover this and call it
also in ieee80211_handle_reconfig_failure().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of HW ROC, when the driver reports that the ROC expired,
it is not sufficient to purge the ROCs based on the remaining
time, as it possible that the device finished the ROC session
before the actual requested duration.
To handle such cases, in case of ROC expired notification from
the driver, complete all the ROCs which are marked with hw_begun,
regardless of the remaining duration.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When cancelling, you can cancel "any" (first in list) mgmt-tx
or remain-on-channel operation by using the value 0 for the
cookie along with the *opposite* operation, i.e.
* cancel the first mgmt-tx by cancelling roc with 0 cookie
* cancel the first roc by cancelling mgmt-tx with 0 cookie
This isn't really that bad since userspace should only pass
cookies that we gave it, but could lead to hard-to-debug
issues so better prevent it and reject zero values since we
never hand those out.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While it was possible to create an IBSS with 80+80 MHz channel, joining
such an IBSS resulted in falling back to 20 MHz channel with VHT
disabled due to a missing switch case for 80+80.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jouni found a bug in the remain-on-channel logic: when a short item
is queued, a long item is combined with it extending the original
one, and then the long item is deleted, the timeout doesn't go back
to the short one, and the short item ends up taking a long time. In
this case, this showed as blocking scan when running two test cases
back to back - the scan from the second was delayed even though all
the remain-on-channel items should long have been gone.
Fixing this with the current data structures turns out to be a bit
complicated, we just remove the long item from the dependents list
right now and don't recalculate the timeouts.
There's a somewhat similar bug where we delete the short item and
all the dependents go with it; to fix this we'd have to move them
from the dependents to the real list.
Instead of trying to do that, rewrite the code to not have all this
complexity in the data structures: use a single list and allow more
than one entry in it being marked as started. This makes the code a
bit more complex, the worker needs to understand that it might need
to just remove one of the started items, while keeping the device
off-channel, but that's not more complicated than the nested data
structures.
This then fixes both issues described, and makes it easier to also
limit the overall off-channel time when combining.
TODO: as before, with hardware remain-on-channel, deleting an item
after combining results in cancelling them all - we can keep track
of the time elapsed and only cancel after that to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the cookie is assigned inside ieee80211_make_ack_skb()
now, we no longer need to return the ack_skb as the cookie
and can simplify the function's return and the callers. Also
rename it to ieee80211_attach_ack_skb() to more accurately
reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is quite a bit of code that logically depends here since
it has to deal with all the remain-on-channel logic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a mgmt-tx operation is aborted before it runs, the wrong
cookie is reported back to userspace, and the ack_skb gets
leaked since the frame is freed directly instead of freeing
it using ieee80211_free_txskb(). Fix that.
Fixes: 3b79af973c ("mac80211: stop using pointers as userspace cookies")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If some code stops the queues more times than having started
(for when refcounting is used), warn on and reset the counter
to 0 to avoid blocking forever.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the TX skb for an off-channel TX, use the correct
API to also free the ACK skb that might have been allocated.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a new station is added to AP/GO interfaces the default behaviour
is for it to be added authenticated and associated, due to backwards
compatibility. To prevent that, the driver must be able to do that
(setting the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE feature flag) and
userspace must set the flag mask to auth|assoc and clear the set.
Handle this quirk in the API entirely in nl80211, and always push the
full flags to the drivers. NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is
still required for userspace to be allowed to set the mask including
those bits, but after checking that add both flags to the mask and
set in case userspace didn't set them otherwise.
This obsoletes the mac80211 code handling this difference, no other
driver is currently using these flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit adds implementation for abort scan in mac80211.
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
[adjust to wdev change in previous patch and clean up code a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new VIF flag, that will allow get NOA update
notification when driver will request this, even
this is not pure P2P vif (eg. STA vif).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
add ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu() to iterate over uploaded
keys in atomic context (when rcu is locked)
The station removal code removes the keys only after
calling synchronize_net(), so it's not safe to iterate
the keys at this point (and postponing the actual key
deletion with call_rcu() might result in some
badly-ordered ops calls).
Add a flag to indicate a station is being removed,
and skip the configured keys if it's set.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can happen when the driver needs to send less frames
than expected and then needs to close the SP.
Mac80211 still needs to set the more_data properly based
on its buffer state (ps_tx_buffer and buffered frames on
other TIDs).
To that end, refactor the code that delivers frames upon
uAPSD trigger frames to be able to get only the more_data
bit without actually delivering those frames in case the
driver is just asking to set a NDP with EOSP and MORE_DATA
bit properly set.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This really should never happen except very early in the process
of bringing up a new driver, at which point you'll have to add
more debugging in the driver and this string isn't useful. Remove
it and save some size (when it's even compiled in.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no point in printing the mpath pointer since it can't
be used for anything - print the MAC address instead (like in
the forwarding case.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices or drivers cannot deal with having the same station
address for different virtual interfaces, say as a client to two
virtual AP interfaces. Rather than requiring each driver with a
limitation like that to enforce it, add a hardware flag for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the last change here, I neglected to update the cookie in one code
path: when a mgmt-tx has no real cookie sent to userspace as it doesn't
wait for a response, but is off-channel. The original code used the SKB
pointer as the cookie and always assigned the cookie to the TX SKB in
ieee80211_start_roc_work(), but my change turned this around and made
the code rely on a valid cookie being passed in.
Unfortunately, the off-channel no-wait TX path wasn't assigning one at
all, resulting in an uninitialized stack value being used. This wasn't
handed back to userspace as a cookie (since in the no-wait case there
isn't a cookie), but it was tested for non-zero to distinguish between
mgmt-tx and off-channel.
Fix this by assigning a dummy non-zero cookie unconditionally, and get
rid of a misleading comment and some dead code while at it. I'll clean
up the ACK SKB handling separately later.
Fixes: 3b79af973c ("mac80211: stop using pointers as userspace cookies")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
DFS channels should not be actively scanned as we can't be sure
if we are allowed or not.
If the current channel is in the DFS band, active scan might be
performed after CSA, but we have no guarantee about other channels,
therefore it is safer to prevent active scanning at all.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Interfaces are being initialized (setup) on addition,
and torn down on removal.
However, p2p device is being torn down when stopped,
resulting in the next p2p start operation being done
on uninitialized interface.
Solve it by calling ieee80211_teardown_sdata() only
on interface removal (for the non-netdev case).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[squashed in fix to call teardown after unregister]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertising reordering window in ADDBA less than 64 can crash some APs,
an example is LinkSys WRT120N (with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
On the other hand, a driver may need to limit Tx A-MPDU size for its own
reasons, like specific HW limitations.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using call_rcu(), the called function may be delayed quite
significantly, and without a matching rcu_barrier() there's no
way to be sure it has finished.
Therefore, global state that could be gone/freed/reused should
never be touched in the callback.
Fix this in mesh by moving the atomic_dec() into the caller;
that's not really a problem since we already unlinked the path
and it will be destroyed anyway.
This fixes a crash Jouni observed when running certain tests in
a certain order, in which the mesh interface was torn down, the
memory reused for a function pointer (work struct) and running
that then crashed since the pointer had been decremented by 1,
resulting in an invalid instruction byte stream.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: eb2b9311fd ("mac80211: mesh path table implementation")
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For now, this feature doesn't actually work. To avoid shipping a
kernel that has it enabled but where it can't be used disable it
for now - we can re-enable it when it's fixed.
This partially reverts 44674d9c22 ("mac80211: advertise support
for full station state in AP mode").
Cc: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep()
and document this.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow distinguishing the non-station case from the case of a
station without rates, by using -1 for the non-station case.
This value cannot be reached with a station since that many
legacy rates don't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As WMM is required for HT/VHT operation, treat bad WMM parameters
more gracefully by falling back to default parameters instead of
not using WMM assocation. This makes it possible to still use HT
or VHT, although potentially with reduced quality of service due
to unintended WMM parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Disabling WMM has a huge impact these days. It implies that
HT and VHT will be disabled which means that the throughput
will be drammatically reduced.
Since the AIFSN is a transmission parameter, we can play a
bit and fix it up to make it compliant with the 802.11
specification which requires it to be at least 2.
Increasing it from 1 to 2 will slightly reduce the
likelyhood to get a transmission opportunity compared to
other clients that would accept to set AIFSN=1, but at
least it will allow HT and VHT which is a huge gain.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function currently determines this value, for use in bss_info.qos,
based on the interface type itself. Make it a parameter instead and
set it with the same logic for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
llid_in_use needs to be limited to stations of the same VIF, otherwise it
will cause a NULL deref as the sta_info of non-mesh-VIFs don't have
sta->mesh set.
Steps to reproduce:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim channels=2
iw phy phy0 interface add ibss0 type ibss
iw phy phy0 interface add mesh0 type mp
iw phy phy1 interface add ibss1 type ibss
iw phy phy1 interface add mesh1 type mp
ip link set ibss0 up
ip link set mesh0 up
ip link set ibss1 up
ip link set mesh1 up
iw dev ibss0 ibss join foo 2412
iw dev ibss1 ibss join foo 2412
# Ensure that ibss0 and ibss1 are actually associated; I often need to
# leave and join the cell on ibss1 a second time.
iw dev mesh0 mesh join bar
iw dev mesh1 mesh join bar # crash
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When 11n peers performs a TDLS connection on a legacy BSS, the HT
operation IE must be specified according to IEEE802.11-2012 section
9.23.3.2. Otherwise HT-protection is compromised and the medium becomes
noisy for both the TDLS and the BSS links.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scheduled scan has to be reconfigured only if wowlan wasn't
configured, since otherwise it should continue to run (with
the 'any' trigger) or be aborted.
The current code will end up asking the driver to start a new
scheduled scan without stopping the previous one, and leaking
some memory (from the previous request.)
Fix this by doing the abort/restart under the proper conditions.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drv_start() fails during hw_restart, all the running
interfaces are being closed/stopped, which results in
drv_stop() being called, although the driver was never
started successfully.
This might cause drivers to perform operations on uninitialized
memory (as they assume it was initialized on drv_start)
Consider the local->started flag, and call the driver's stop()
op only if drv_start() succeeded before.
Move drv_start() and drv_stop() to driver-ops.c, as they are no
longer simple wrappers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The recalc_smps work can run after the station disassociates.
At this stage we already released the channel, but the work
will be cancelled only when the interface stops.
In this scenario we can hit the warning in ieee80211_recalc_smps, so
just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Requesting hw restart during suspend might result
in the restart work being executed after mac80211
and the hw are suspended.
Solve the race by simply scheduling the restart
work on a freezable workqueue.
Note that there can be some cases of reconfiguration
on resume (besides the hardware restart):
* wowlan is not configured -
All the interfaces removed were removed on suspend,
and drv_stop() was called. At this point the driver
shouldn't expect for hw_restart anyway, so we can
simply cancel it (on resume).
* wowlan is configured, drv_resume() == 1
There is no definitive expected behavior in this case,
as each driver might have different expectations (e.g.
setting some flags on suspend/restart vs. not handling
spurious recovery).
For now, simply let the hw_restart work run again after
resume, and hope the driver will handle it well (or at
least initiate another hw restart).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Local request to deauthenticate wasn't handled while associating, thus
the association could continue even when the user space required to
disconnect.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In TDLS channel-switch operations the chandef can sometimes be NULL.
Avoid an oops in the trace code for these cases and just print a
chandef full of zeros.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: a7a6bdd067 ("mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of one shot NOA the interval can be 0, catch that
instead of potentially (depending on the driver) crashing
like this:
divide error: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
[<ffffffffc08e891c>] ieee80211_extend_absent_time+0x6c/0xb0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc08e8a17>] ieee80211_update_p2p_noa+0xb7/0xe0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc069cc30>] ath9k_p2p_ps_timer+0x170/0x190 [ath9k]
[<ffffffffc070adf8>] ath_gen_timer_isr+0xc8/0xf0 [ath9k_hw]
[<ffffffffc0691156>] ath9k_tasklet+0x296/0x2f0 [ath9k]
[<ffffffff8107ad65>] tasklet_action+0xe5/0xf0
[...]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.16+, due to d463af4a1c using it]
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* I merged net-next back to avoid a conflict with the
* cfg80211 scheduled scan API extensions
* preparations for better scan result timestamping
* regulatory cleanups
* mac80211 statistics cleanups
* a few other small cleanups and fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=uZ5N
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-10-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Here's another set of patches for the current cycle:
* I merged net-next back to avoid a conflict with the
* cfg80211 scheduled scan API extensions
* preparations for better scan result timestamping
* regulatory cleanups
* mac80211 statistics cleanups
* a few other small cleanups and fixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group station statistics by where they're (mostly) updated
(TX, RX and TX-status) and group them into sub-structs of
the struct sta_info.
Also rename the variables since the grouping now makes it
obvious where they belong.
This makes it easier to identify where the statistics are
updated in the code, and thus easier to think about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's little point in keeping (and even sending to userspace)
the beacon_loss_count value per station, since it can only apply
to the AP on a managed-mode connection. Move the value to ifmgd,
advertise it only in managed mode, and remove it from ethtool as
it's available through better interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This file only feeds a debugfs file that isn't very useful, so remove
it. If necessary, we can add other ways to get this information, for
example in the NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT response.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That file contains just a single function, which itself is just a
single statement to call a different function. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's only a single caller of this function, so it can
be moved to the same file and made static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As this API has never really seen any use and most drivers don't
ever use the value derived from it, remove it.
Change the only driver using it (rt2x00) to simply use the DTIM
period instead of the "max sleep" time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If multiple scan plans were set for scheduled scan, do not restart
scheduled scan on reconfig because it is possible that some scan
plans were already completed and there is no need to run them all
over again. Instead, notify userspace that scheduled scan stopped
so it can configure new scan plans for scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 30686bf7f5 ("mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long
bitmap") accidentally removed the newline delimiter from the hwflags
debugfs file. Fix this by adding back the newline between the HW flags.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.2]
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
[fix commit log]
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 5c48f12017.
Some device drivers (ath10k) offload part of aggregation including AddBA/DelBA
negotiations to firmware. In such scenario, the PMF configuration of
the station needs to be provided to driver to enable encryption of
AddBA/DelBA action frames.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* many internal fixes, API improvements, cleanups, etc.
* full AP client state tracking in cfg80211/mac80211 from Ayala
* VHT support (in mac80211) for mesh
* some A-MSDU in A-MPDU support from Emmanuel
* show current TX power to userspace (from Rafał)
* support for netlink dump in vendor commands (myself)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BF9F
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-10-05' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For the current cycle, we have the following right now:
* many internal fixes, API improvements, cleanups, etc.
* full AP client state tracking in cfg80211/mac80211 from Ayala
* VHT support (in mac80211) for mesh
* some A-MSDU in A-MPDU support from Emmanuel
* show current TX power to userspace (from Rafał)
* support for netlink dump in vendor commands (myself)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function returns always non-negative values.
The problem has been detected using proposed semantic patch
scripts/coccinelle/tests/assign_signed_to_unsigned.cocci [1].
[1]: http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/2046107
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mac80211 code uses ktime_get_ts to measure the connected time.
As this uses monotonic time, it is y2038 safe on 32-bit systems,
but we still want to deprecate the use of 'timespec' because most
other users are broken.
This changes the code to use ktime_get_seconds() instead, which
avoids the timespec structure and is slightly more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of int with 0/1, use bool with false/true for the
powersave argument to ieee80211_send_nullfunc().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of nesting two if statements, inline the second
check into the first if statement and to indentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using software queueing, tx sequence number assignment happens at
ieee80211_tx_dequeue time, so the fast-xmit codepath must not do that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enables adding stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the first authentication frame; which in turn allows
sending a negative authentication reply if the station cannot be
added.
In addition init rate control for unassociated station only when
it becomes associated, prior to that low rates will be used.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For certain tests, for example replay detection, it can be useful
to be able to influence/set the PN used in outgoing packets. Make
it possible to change the TX PN in debugfs.
For now, this doesn't support TKIP since I haven't needed it, but
there's no reason it couldn't be added if necessary.
Note that this must be used very carefully: it could, for example,
be used to make "valid replays" where the PN reuse happens on a
different TID. This couldn't be done by an attacker since the TID
is protected as part of the AAD.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
drv_get_tsf: 634 bytes, 6 calls
drv_set_tsf: 626 bytes, 2 calls
drv_reset_tsf: 617 bytes, 2 calls
Total size reduction is about 4.2 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 755 bytes and there are
6 callsites.
Total size reduction is about 3.3 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 821 bytes and there are
2 callsites, reducing code size by about 800 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
[adjust code-style a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are no supported rates in the rate mask with the required
flags, we warn, but it's not clear which part causes the warning.
Add the relevant data to the warning to understand why it happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace the average symbol by "avg" to avoid being warned about the
non-ASCII symbol all the time, line up the columns properly.
(I changed my mind - the warnings are getting annoying)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of "any" wowlan trigger, there is no reason to tear down
aggregations, as we want the device to continue working normally.
Similarly, there's no reason to tear down aggregations on resume,
as they should have been torn down on suspend if needed.
However, since the reconfiguration flow is shared with HW restart,
tear down aggregations on reconfiguration when we are not resuming.
To keep things working after non-wowlan suspend, keep clearing the
WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA flag.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
drv_add_interface: 638 bytes, 5 calls
drv_remove_interface: 611 bytes, 6 calls
drv_change_interface: 658 bytes, 1 call
Total size reduction is about 9 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 706 bytes and there are
2 callsites, reducing code size by about 700 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os,
after deinlining the function size is 785 bytes and there are
7 callsites.
Total size reduction is about 3.5 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When debugging wireless powersave issues on the AP side it's quite helpful
to see our own beacons that are transmitted by the hardware/driver. However,
this is not that easy since beacons don't pass through the regular TX queues.
Preferably drivers would call ieee80211_tx_status also for tx'ed beacons
but that's not always possible. Hence, just send a copy of each beacon
generated by ieee80211_beacon_get_tim to monitor devices when they are
getting fetched by the driver.
Also add a HW flag IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS that can be used by
drivers to indicate that they report TX status for beacons.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
(with a fix from Christian Lamparted rolled in)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes dropped packets in the tx path in case a non-PS station triggers
the tx filter.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current behavior of notifying CQM events is inconsistent:
Upon first configuration there is a cqm event with the current
status according to threshold configured, regardless of signal
stability.
When there is reconfiguration no event is sent unless there is
a significant change to the signal level according to the new
configuration.
Since the current reconfiguration behavior might cause missing
CQM events in case the current signal did not change but is on
the other side of the new threshold, fix that by resetting the
stored signal level upon reconfiguration.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows ieee80211_tx_monitor to be used directly for sending 802.11 frames
to all monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't seem problematic to change the weight for the average
beacon signal from 3 to 4, so use DECLARE_EWMA. This also makes
the code easier to maintain since bugs like the one fixed in the
previous patch can't happen as easily.
With a fix from Avraham Stern to invert the sign since EMWA uses
unsigned values only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ifmgd->ave_beacon_signal value cannot be taken as is for
comparisons, it must be divided by since it's represented
like that for better accuracy of the EWMA calculations. This
would lead to invalid driver RSSI events. Fix the used value.
Fixes: 615f7b9bb1 ("mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These file aren't really useful:
- if per beacon data is required then you need to use
radiotap or similar anyway, debugfs won't help much
- average beacon signal is reported in station info in
nl80211 and can be looked up with iw
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the basics required for supporting very high throughput
with mesh: include VHT information elements in beacons, probe
responses, and peering action frames, and check for compatible VHT
configurations when peering.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clear the Channel Center Frequency Segment 2 in VHT operation
IEs to avoid sending non-zero values if the SKB wasn't zeroed
before adding the VHT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[change commit message a bit - not necessarily just mesh related]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may be interested in receiving A-MSDU within A-MDPU.
Not all the devices may be able to do so, make it configurable.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The direct probe step before authentication was done mostly for
two reasons:
1) the BSS data could be stale
2) the beacon might not have included all IEs
The concern (1) doesn't really seem to be relevant any more as
we time out BSS information after about 30 seconds, and in fact
the original patch only did the direct probe if the data was
older than the BSS timeout to begin with. This condition got
(likely inadvertedly) removed later though.
Analysing this in more detail shows that since we mostly use
data from the association response, the only real reason for
needing the probe response was that the code validates the WMM
parameters, and those are optional in beacons. As the previous
patches removed that behaviour, we can now remove the direct
probe step entirely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertise the capability to send A-MSDU within A-MPDU
in the AddBA request sent by mac80211. Let the driver
know about the peer's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however
mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev.
Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel
devices.
Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe
request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register()
Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work
since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When checking if a TDLS chandef can be upgraded, IR-relaxation can be
taken into account to allow more channels.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes we are interested in testing TDLS performance in a specific
width setting. Add the ability to disable the wider-band feature, thereby
allowing the TDLS channel width to be controlled by the BSS width.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Queued frames aren't processed during scan, which results in an inability
to complete the BA session establishment until the scan ends. Since we
can't tx frames until the BA agreement setup is complete, it might result
in a very large latency during scan.
Fix this by allowing to process queued skbs while scanning in HW. This
should be ok since the devices which support hw scan should be able
to handle tx/rx while scanning.
During SW scan, mac80211 drops any txed frames besides probes and NDPs,
so it is still needed to delay processing of the queued frames till the
SW scan is done.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HT MCS mask has 9 bytes, the VHT one only has 8 streams.
Split the loops to handle this correctly.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When beacon filtering is enabled the mac80211 software implementation
for RSSI CQM cannot work as beacons will not be available. Rather than
accepting such a configuration without proper effect, reject it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently if 80MHz channels are not allowed for use, the VHT IE is not
included in the probe request for an AP. This is not good enough if the
AP is configured with the wrong regulatory and supports VHT even where
prohibited or in TDLS scenarios.
Mark the ifmgd with the DISABLE_VHT flag for the misbehaving-AP case, and
unset VHT support from the peer-station entry for the TDLS case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT TDLS traffic should be protected in a non-HT BSS to avoid
collisions. Therefore, when TDLS peers join/leave, check if
protection is (now) needed and set the ht_operation_mode of
the virtual interface according to the HT capabilities of the
TDLS peer(s).
This works because a non-HT BSS connection never sets (or
otherwise uses) the ht_operation_mode; it just means that
drivers must be aware that this field applies to all HT
traffic for this virtual interface, not just the traffic
within the BSS. Document that.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate_control_cap_mask() function takes a parameter mcs_mask, which
GCC will take to be u8 * even though it was declared with a fixed size.
This causes the following warning:
net/mac80211/rate.c: In function 'rate_control_cap_mask':
net/mac80211/rate.c:719:25: warning: 'sizeof' on array function parameter 'mcs_mask' will return size of 'u8 * {aka unsigned char *}' [-Wsizeof-array-argument]
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(mcs_mask); i++)
^
net/mac80211/rate.c:684:10: note: declared here
u8 mcs_mask[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN],
^
This can be easily fixed by using the IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN directly
within the loop condition.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using the out-of-line average calculation, use the new
DECLARE_EWMA() macro to declare a signal EWMA, and use that.
This actually *reduces* the code size slightly (on x86-64) while
also reducing the station info size by 80 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define rc_rateidx_vht_mcs_mask array and rate_idx_match_vht_mcs_mask()
method in order to apply mcs mask for vht rates
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define rate_control_apply_mask_ratetbl() in order to apply ratemask in
rate_control_set_rates() for station rate table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove ieee80211_tx_rate dependency in rate_idx_match_legacy_mask(),
rate_idx_match_mcs_mask() and rate_idx_match_mask() in order to use the
previous logic to define a ratemask in rate_control_set_rates() for
station rate table. Moreover move rate mask definition logic in
rate_control_cap_mask()
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove unnecessary ieee80211_tx_info pointer from rate_control_apply_mask
signature. rate_control_apply_mask() will be used to define a ratemask in
rate_control_set_rates() for station rate table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Perform the BSS_CHANGED_BSSID action when joining an OCB network.
This is required to set the broadcast BSSID in some network drivers.
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently OCB mode accepts frames with bssid==broadcast and type!=beacon.
Some non-data frames are sent matching this, for example probe responses.
This results in unnecessary creation of STA entries.
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To make mac80211 accept the multicast rate requested by the user the
rate control should be told that it is operating in BSS mode.
Without this, the default rate is selected in rate_control_send_low
(!pubsta and !txrc->bss)
Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At the last iteration of the loop, j may equal zero and thus
tp_list[j - 1] causes an invalid read.
Change the logic of the loop so that j - 1 is always >= 0.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Adrien Schildknecht <adrien+dev@schischi.me>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The outside if statement checks that IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX is
set so this condition is always true. Checking twice upsets the static
checkers.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The iwlwifi driver was the only driver that used this, but as
it turns out it never needed it, so we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts
as follows:
rate_control_rate_init: 554 bytes, 8 calls
rate_control_rate_update: 1596 bytes, 5 calls
Total size reduction: about 11 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config,
after deinlining the function size is 3132 bytes and there are
7 callsites.
Total size reduction: about 20 kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using peer link id for AID, generate a new
AID when creating mesh STAs in the kernel peering manager.
This enables smaller TIM elements and more closely follows
the standard, and it also enables mesh to work on drivers
that require a valid AID when the STA is inserted (ath10k
firmware has this requirement, for example).
In the case of userspace-managed stations, we use the AID
from NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 13.3.1, a mesh STA should assign an AID
upon receipt of a mesh peering open frame rather than using the link
id of the peer. Using the peer link id has two potential issues:
it may not be unique among the peers, and by its nature it is random,
so the TIM may not compress well.
In preparation for allocating it properly, use sta->sta.aid, but keep
the existing behavior of using the plid in the aid we send.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move mesh_plink_frame_tx() above the first caller to remove
the forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 calls drv_resume() on wowlan resume,
but drops any incoming frame until local->suspended is
cleared later on.
This requires the low-level driver to support a new state,
in which it is expected to fully work (as it was resumed)
but not passing rx frames yet (as they will be dropped).
iwlwifi (and probably other drivers as well) has issues
supporting such mode.
Since in the wowlan case we already short-circuit
ieee80211_reconfig, there's nothing that prevents us from
clearing local->suspend before calling drv_resume(),
and letting the low-level driver work normally.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a TDLS station is not allowed to beacon on a channel, don't accept
a channel switch request to this channel.
Move channel building code up to avoid lockdep violations - reg_can_beacon
needs to take the wdev lock.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is
required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch
requests.
Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request
in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for declaring MU-MIMO beamformee capability for
relevant hardware.
When sending association request, the capability is included if both
hardware and the AP support it, and no other virtual interface
is using it.
This is in order to avoid multiple interfaces using MU-MIMO in parallel
which might lead to contradictions in the group-id mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an SKB will be segmented by the driver, count it for multiple
MSDUs that are being transmitted rather than just a single.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most of the fields in this struct use too wide types, change
that to shrink the struct from 64 to 48 bytes (on 64-bit.)
This results in a total saving of 64 bytes for each interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of Dynamic SMPS enable RTS/CTS for all rates.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[change comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch does the following:
- Remove unnecessary flags field used by PERR element
- Use the per target flags defined in <linux/ieee80211.h>
- Process the target only subfield based on case E2 of
IEEE802.11-2012 13.10.9.3
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The IEEE802.11-2012 specification is vague regarding SMPS operation during
TDLS. It does not define a clear way to transition between SMPS states.
To avoid interop issues, set SMPS to off when TDLS peers are connected.
Accomplish this by extending the definition of the AUTOMATIC state. If the
driver forces a state other than OFF, disconnect all TDLS peers.
While at it, avoid changing the SMPS state of the peer STA. We have no
way to control it, so try and behave correctly towards it.
Move the TDLS peer-teardown function to where the rest of the TDLS code
resides.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We already set a station to be associated when peering completes, both
in user space and in the kernel. Thus we should always have an
associated sta before sending data frames to that station.
Failure to check assoc state can cause crashes in the lower-level driver
due to transmitting unicast data frames before driver sta structures
(e.g. ampdu state in ath9k) are initialized. This occurred when
forwarding in the presence of fixed mesh paths: frames were transmitted
to stations with whom we hadn't yet completed peering.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Tested-by: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When processing a PREQ or PREP it's critical to use the incoming SN. If
that is improperly done routing loops and other types of badness can
happen. But the code was always processing path messages for deactivated
paths. This path fixes that so that if we have a valid SN then we use it
to verify that it is a message we can accept. For reference the relevant
section of the standard is 13.10.8.4 which doesn't address the deactivated
path case at all.
I also included a special case for when our peer reboots or restarts
networking. This is an important case because without it there can be a
very long delay before we accept path messages from that peer. It's also a
simple case and intimately associated with processing messages for
deactivated paths so I used one patch instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 2012 spec mentions that path SNs can be invalid when created (see
section 13.10.8.4 table 13-9) but AFAICT never talks about invalidating
SNs. Which makes sense: if we have figured out the path to a target at a
certain SN then we want to remember that fact. Failing to do so can lead
to routing loops because if we don't have a valid SN then we have no way
of knowing whether an incoming path message leads to or away from the
target.
However currently when discovery fails we zero out mpath->flags which
clears MESH_PATH_SN_VALID. This patch fixes that so that only the
discovery relevant flags are cleared.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the nexthop is unable to resolve its own nexthop it will send back a
PERR with a zero target_sn. According to section 13.10.11.4.3 step b in the
2012 standard that perr should be forwarded and the associated mpath->sn
should be incremented. Neither one of those was happening which is rather
bad because the originator was not told that packets are black holing.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define a station chandef, to be used for wider-bw TDLS peers. When both
peers support the feature, upgrade the channel bandwidth to the maximum
allowed by both peers and regulatory. Currently widths up to 80MHz are
supported in the 5GHz band.
When a TDLS peer connects/disconnects recalculate the channel type of the
current chanctx.
Make the chanctx width calculation consider wider-bw TDLS peers and
similarly fix the max_required_bw calculation for the chanctx min_def.
Since the sta->bandwidth is calculated only later on, take
bss_conf.chandef.width as the minimal width for station interface.
Set the upgraded channel width in the VHT-operation set during TDLS setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a device to specify support for the TDLS wider-bandwidth feature.
Indicate this support during TDLS setup in the ext-capab IE and set an
appropriate station flag when our TDLS peer supports it.
This feature gives TDLS peers the ability to use a wider channel than
the base width of the BSS. For instance VHT capable TDLS peers connected
on a 20MHz channel can extend the channel to 80MHz, if regulatory
considerations allow it.
Do not cap the bandwidth of such stations by the current BSS channel width
in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If reconfiguration fails, local->in_reconfig is never
cleaned, resulting in rx frames being dropped next
time the device is started.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simply return NULL in this case, instead of crashing. This can
simplify callers that would otherwise have to check for this
explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The beacon struct is already available in many contexts that
are also already in an RCU read-locked section. Avoid that by
using the existing beacon struct pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
[rewrite subject/add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code was always a bit awkward due to the 80-col restriction
and got worse in the previous patch. Refactor it a bit into its
own function to make it read nicer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are now a fairly large number of mesh fields that really
aren't needed in any other modes; move those into their own
structure and allocate them separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a long-standing TODO item to use this flag in the cooked
monitor RX, but clearly it was never needed and now this hasn't
been used by userspace for a long time, so no userspace changes
could require it now.
Remove the unused flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the station hash table lookup (or iteration) must
access two cachelines for each station - the one with the hash
table node, and the one with the MAC address.
Duplicate the MAC address next to the hash node to get rid of
this. Since the MAC address is static there's no consistency
problem introduced by this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When there are multiple RX queues, the PN checks in mac80211 cannot be
used since packets might be processed out of order on different CPUs.
Allow the driver to report that the PN has been checked, drivers that
will use multi-queue RX will have to set this flag.
For now, the flag is only valid when the frame has been decrypted, in
theory that restriction doesn't have to be there, but in practice the
hardware will have decrypted the frame already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This counter is inherently racy (since it can be incremented by RX
as well as by concurrent TX) and only available in debugfs. Instead
of fixing it to be per-CPU or similar, remove it for now. If needed
it should be added without races and with proper nl80211, perhaps
even addressing the threshold reporting TODO item that's been there
since the code was originally added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length
A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to
free up two RX flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no RX queues in mac80211 (yet), the comment should refer
to the TID (including one slot for non-QoS) rather than 'RX queue'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is only used in the RX code, so moving it into
that file gives the compiler better optimisation possibilities
and also allows us to remove the check for short frames (which
in the RX path cannot happen, but as a generic utility needed
to be checked.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Short frames less than 16 octets are already blocked in the monitor
code by the should_drop_frame() function, and cannot get into the
regular RX path. Therefore, this check can never trigger and the
counter invariably stays zero. Remove the useless code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We typically use 'sta' for the station info struct, and if needed
'pubsta' for the public (driver-visible) portion thereof. Do this
in the ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow
more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon
and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where
IR-relaxation may be applicable.
Fixes: 06f207fc54 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Although mesh_rx_plink_frame() already checks that frames have enough
bytes for the action code plus another two bytes for capability/reason
code, it doesn't take into account that confirm frames also have an
additional two-byte aid. As a result, a corrupt frame could cause a
subsequent subtraction to wrap around to ill effect. Add another
check for this case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
According to 802.11-2012 8.5.16.3.2 AID comes directly after the
capability bytes in mesh peering confirm frames. The existing
code, however, was adding a 2 byte offset to this location,
resulting in garbage data going out over the air. Remove the
offset to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the hardware is unregistered while interfaces are up, mac80211 will
unregister all interfaces, which in turns causes mac80211 to be called
again to remove them all from the driver and eventually shut down the
hardware.
During this shutdown, however, it's currently already unsafe to iterate
the list of interfaces atomically, as the list is manipulated in an
unsafe manner. This puts an undue burden on the driver - it must stop
all its activities before calling ieee80211_unregister_hw(), while in
the normal stop path it can do all cleanup in the stop method. If, for
example, it's using the iteration during RX for some reason, it would
have to stop RX before unregistering to avoid crashes.
Fix this problem by closing all interfaces before unregistering them.
This will cause the driver stop to have completed before we manipulate
the interface list, and after the driver is stopped *and* has called
ieee80211_unregister_hw() it really musn't be iterating any more as
the memory will be freed as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If for any reason we're in the middle of PS-polling or awake after
TX due to dynamic powersave while going to suspend, go back to save
power. This might cause a response frame to get lost, but since we
can't really wait for it while going to suspend that's still better
than not enabling powersave which would cause higher power usage
during (and possibly even after) suspend.
Note that this really only affects the very few drivers that use
the powersave implementation in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
[rewrite misleading commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When acting as AP and a PS-Poll frame is received
associated station is marked as one in a Service
Period. This state is kept until Tx status for
released frame is reported. While a station is in
Service Period PS-Poll frames are ignored.
However if PS-Poll was received during A-MPDU
teardown it was possible to have the to-be
released frame re-queued back to pending queue.
In such case the frame was stripped of 2 important
flags:
(a) IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
(b) IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Stripping of (a) led to the frame that was to be
released to be queued back to ps_tx_buf queue. If
station remained to use only PS-Poll frames the
re-queued frame (and new ones) was never actually
transmitted because mac80211 would ignore
subsequent PS-Poll frames due to station being in
Service Period. There was nothing left to clear
the Service Period bit (no xmit -> no tx status ->
no SP end), i.e. the AP would have the station
stuck in Service Period. Beacon TIM would
repeatedly prompt station to poll for frames but
it would get none.
Once (a) is not stripped (b) becomes important
because it's the main condition to clear the
Service Period bit of the station when Tx status
for the released frame is reported back.
This problem was observed with ath9k acting as P2P
GO in some testing scenarios but isn't limited to
it. AP operation with mac80211 based Tx A-MPDU
control combined with clients using PS-Poll frames
is subject to this race.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't do this, and we then fail to recreate the debugfs
directory during a mode change, then we will fail later trying
to add stations to this now bogus directory:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000006c
IP: [<c0a92202>] mutex_lock+0x12/0x30
Call Trace:
[<c0678ab4>] start_creating+0x44/0xc0
[<c0679203>] debugfs_create_dir+0x13/0xf0
[<f8a938ae>] ieee80211_sta_debugfs_add+0x6e/0x490 [mac80211]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tom Hughes <tom@compton.nu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization to
speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module lock
doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's breaking
up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load another module (yeah,
really). Unfortunately that broke the usual suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and
!CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were appended too.
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJVkgKHAAoJENkgDmzRrbjxQpwQAJVmBN6jF3SnwbQXv9vRixjH
58V33sb1G1RW+kXxQ3/e8jLX/4VaN479CufruXQp+IJWXsN/CH0lbC3k8m7u50d7
b1Zeqd/Yrh79rkc11b0X1698uGCSMlzz+V54Z0QOTEEX+nSu2ZZvccFS4UaHkn3z
rqDo00lb7rxQz8U25qro2OZrG6D3ub2q20TkWUB8EO4AOHkPn8KWP2r429Axrr0K
wlDWDTTt8/IsvPbuPf3T15RAhq1avkMXWn9nDXDjyWbpLfTn8NFnWmtesgY7Jl4t
GjbXC5WYekX3w2ZDB9KaT/DAMQ1a7RbMXNSz4RX4VbzDl+yYeSLmIh2G9fZb1PbB
PsIxrOgy4BquOWsJPm+zeFPSC3q9Cfu219L4AmxSjiZxC3dlosg5rIB892Mjoyv4
qxmg6oiqtc4Jxv+Gl9lRFVOqyHZrTC5IJ+xgfv1EyP6kKMUKLlDZtxZAuQxpUyxR
HZLq220RYnYSvkWauikq4M8fqFM8bdt6hLJnv7bVqllseROk9stCvjSiE3A9szH5
OgtOfYV5GhOeb8pCZqJKlGDw+RoJ21jtNCgOr6DgkNKV9CX/kL/Puwv8gnA0B0eh
dxCeB7f/gcLl7Cg3Z3gVVcGlgak6JWrLf5ITAJhBZ8Lv+AtL2DKmwEWS/iIMRmek
tLdh/a9GiCitqS0bT7GE
=tWPQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull module updates from Rusty Russell:
"Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization
to speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module
lock doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's
breaking up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load
another module (yeah, really). Unfortunately that broke the usual
suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and !CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were
appended too"
* tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (26 commits)
modules: only use mod->param_lock if CONFIG_MODULES
param: fix module param locks when !CONFIG_SYSFS.
rcu: merge fix for Convert ACCESS_ONCE() to READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE()
module: add per-module param_lock
module: make perm const
params: suppress unused variable error, warn once just in case code changes.
modules: clarify CONFIG_MODULE_COMPRESS help, suggest 'N'.
kernel/module.c: avoid ifdefs for sig_enforce declaration
kernel/workqueue.c: remove ifdefs over wq_power_efficient
kernel/params.c: export param_ops_bool_enable_only
kernel/params.c: generalize bool_enable_only
kernel/module.c: use generic module param operaters for sig_enforce
kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
sysfs: tightened sysfs permission checks
module: Rework module_addr_{min,max}
module: Use __module_address() for module_address_lookup()
module: Make the mod_tree stuff conditional on PERF_EVENTS || TRACING
module: Optimize __module_address() using a latched RB-tree
rbtree: Implement generic latch_tree
seqlock: Introduce raw_read_seqcount_latch()
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a "param_lock" mutex to each module, and update params.c to use
the correct built-in or module mutex while locking kernel params.
Remove the kparam_block_sysfs_r/w() macros, replace them with direct
calls to kernel_param_[un]lock(module).
The kernel param code currently uses a single mutex to protect
modification of any and all kernel params. While this generally works,
there is one specific problem with it; a module callback function
cannot safely load another module, i.e. with request_module() or even
with indirect calls such as crypto_has_alg(). If the module to be
loaded has any of its params configured (e.g. with a /etc/modprobe.d/*
config file), then the attempt will result in a deadlock between the
first module param callback waiting for modprobe, and modprobe trying to
lock the single kernel param mutex to set the new module's param.
This fixes that by using per-module mutexes, so that each individual module
is protected against concurrent changes in its own kernel params, but is
not blocked by changes to other module params. All built-in modules
continue to use the built-in mutex, since they will always be loaded at
runtime and references (e.g. request_module(), crypto_has_alg()) to them
will never cause load-time param changing.
This also simplifies the interface used by modules to block sysfs access
to their params; while there are currently functions to block and unblock
sysfs param access which are split up by read and write and expect a single
kernel param to be passed, their actual operation is identical and applies
to all params, not just the one passed to them; they simply lock and unlock
the global param mutex. They are replaced with direct calls to
kernel_param_[un]lock(THIS_MODULE), which locks THIS_MODULE's param_lock, or
if the module is built-in, it locks the built-in mutex.
Suggested-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
"Here is the crypto update for 4.2:
API:
- Convert RNG interface to new style.
- New AEAD interface with one SG list for AD and plain/cipher text.
All external AEAD users have been converted.
- New asymmetric key interface (akcipher).
Algorithms:
- Chacha20, Poly1305 and RFC7539 support.
- New RSA implementation.
- Jitter RNG.
- DRBG is now seeded with both /dev/random and Jitter RNG. If kernel
pool isn't ready then DRBG will be reseeded when it is.
- DRBG is now the default crypto API RNG, replacing krng.
- 842 compression (previously part of powerpc nx driver).
Drivers:
- Accelerated SHA-512 for arm64.
- New Marvell CESA driver that supports DMA and more algorithms.
- Updated powerpc nx 842 support.
- Added support for SEC1 hardware to talitos"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (292 commits)
crypto: marvell/cesa - remove COMPILE_TEST dependency
crypto: algif_aead - Temporarily disable all AEAD algorithms
crypto: af_alg - Forbid the use internal algorithms
crypto: echainiv - Only hold RNG during initialisation
crypto: seqiv - Add compatibility support without RNG
crypto: eseqiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: chainiv - Offer normal cipher functionality without RNG
crypto: user - Add CRYPTO_MSG_DELRNG
crypto: user - Move cryptouser.h to uapi
crypto: rng - Do not free default RNG when it becomes unused
crypto: skcipher - Allow givencrypt to be NULL
crypto: sahara - propagate the error on clk_disable_unprepare() failure
crypto: rsa - fix invalid select for AKCIPHER
crypto: picoxcell - Update to the current clk API
crypto: nx - Check for bogus firmware properties
crypto: marvell/cesa - add DT bindings documentation
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Kirkwood and Dove SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for Orion SoCs
crypto: marvell/cesa - add allhwsupport module parameter
crypto: marvell/cesa - add support for all armada SoCs
...
Unfortunately, Michal's change to fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom
caused a locking issue that was reported by lockdep, but only
in a few cases - the issue was a classic ABBA deadlock caused
by taking the mtx after the key_mtx, where normally they're
taken the other way around.
As the key mutex protects the field in question (I'm adding a
few annotations to make that clear) only the iteration needs
to be protected, but we can also iterate the interface list
with just RCU protection while holding the key mutex.
Fixes: f9dca80b98 ("mac80211: fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom calculation")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug in hwmp_preq_frame_process where the wrong metric
can be used when forwarding a PREQ. This happens because the code uses
the same metric variable to record the value of the metric to the source
of the PREQ and the value of the metric to the target of the PREQ.
This comes into play when both reply and forward are set which happens
when IEEE80211_PREQ_PROACTIVE_PREP_FLAG is set and when MP_F_DO | MP_F_RF
is set. The original code had a special case to handle the first case
but not the second.
The patch uses distinct variables for the two metrics which makes the
code flow much clearer and removes the need to restore the original
value of metric when forwarding.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In mesh mode there is a race between establishing links and processing
rates and capabilities in beacons. This is very noticeable with slow
beacons (e.g. beacon intervals of 1s) and manifested for us as stations
using minstrel when minstrel_ht should be used. Fixed by changing
mesh_sta_info_init so that it always checks rates and such if it has not
already done so.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The csa counter has moved from sdata to beacon/presp but
it is not updated accordingly for mesh and ibss. Fix this.
Fixes: af296bdb8d ("mac80211: move csa counters from sdata to beacon/presp")
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last hop metric should refer to link cost (this is how
hwmp_route_info_get uses it for example). But in mesh_rx_path_sel_frame
we are not dealing with link cost but with the total cost to the origin
of a PREQ or PREP.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
CC: Jesse Jones <jjones@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channels in 2.4GHz band overlap, this means that if we
send a probe request on channel 1 and then move to channel
2, we will hear the probe response on channel 2. In this
case, the RSSI will be lower than if we had heard it on
the channel on which it was sent (1 in this case).
The scan result ignores those invalid values and the
station last signal should not be updated as well.
In case the scan determines the signal to be invalid turn on
the flag so the station last signal will not be updated with
the value and thus user space probing for NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL
and NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG will not get this invalid RSSI
value.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There were a few rare cases when upon
authentication failure channel wasn't released.
This could cause stale pointers to remain in
chanctx assigned_vifs after interface removal and
trigger general protection fault later.
This could be triggered, e.g. on ath10k with the
following steps:
1. start an AP
2. create 2 extra vifs on ath10k host
3. connect vif1 to the AP
4. connect vif2 to the AP
(auth fails because ath10k firmware isn't able
to maintain 2 peers with colliding AP mac
addresses across vifs and consequently
refuses sta_info_insert() in
ieee80211_prep_connection())
5. remove the 2 extra vifs
6. goto step 2; at step 3 kernel was crashing:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
Modules linked in: ath10k_pci ath10k_core ath
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a2dabb>] ieee80211_check_combinations+0x22b/0x290
[<ffffffff819fb825>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x125/0x220
[<ffffffff8180f664>] ? netpoll_poll_disable+0x84/0x100
[<ffffffff819fb833>] ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x133/0x220
[<ffffffff81a0029e>] ieee80211_open+0x3e/0x80
[<ffffffff817f2d26>] __dev_open+0xb6/0x130
[<ffffffff817f3051>] __dev_change_flags+0xa1/0x170
...
RIP [<ffffffff81a23140>] ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect+0xa0/0x170
(gdb) l * ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect+0xa0
0xffffffff81a23140 is in ieee80211_chanctx_radar_detect (/devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/util.c:3182).
3177 */
3178 WARN_ON(ctx->replace_state == IEEE80211_CHANCTX_REPLACES_OTHER &&
3179 !list_empty(&ctx->assigned_vifs));
3180
3181 list_for_each_entry(sdata, &ctx->assigned_vifs, assigned_chanctx_list)
3182 if (sdata->radar_required)
3183 radar_detect |= BIT(sdata->vif.bss_conf.chandef.width);
3184
3185 return radar_detect;
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The conversion to the fast-xmit path lost proper aggregation session
timeout handling - the last_tx wasn't set on that path and the timer
would therefore incorrectly tear down the session periodically (with
those drivers/rate control algorithms that have a timeout.)
In case of iwlwifi, this was every 5 seconds and caused significant
throughput degradation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used
pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even
for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to
read and guaranteed to never get reused.
With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the
mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method
needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in
that skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we return the TX status for an nl80211 mgmt TX SKB, we
should also return the original frame with the status to
allow userspace to match up the submission (it could also
use the cookie but both ways are permissible.)
As TX SKBs could be encrypted, at least in the case of ANQP
while associated with the AP, copy the original SKB, store
it with an ACK frame ID and restructure the status path to
use that to return status with the original SKB. Otherwise,
userspace (in particular wpa_supplicant) will get confused.
Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have
PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to
store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's
somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due
to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN
to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct.
As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this
way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it
all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not
moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of
the internal TKIP state.
As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the
keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it.
This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer
share a cacheline.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to associate, the AP could send a deauth frame instead.
Currently mac80211 drops that frame and doesn't report it to the
supplicant, which, in some versions and/or in certain circumstances
will simply keep trying to associate over and over again instead of
trying authentication again.
Fix this by reacting to deauth frames while associating, reporting
them to the supplicant and dropping the association attempt (which
is bound to fail.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a possible race between
ieee80211_reconfig() and
ieee80211_delayed_tailroom_dec(). This could
result in inability to transmit data if driver
crashed during roaming or rekeying and subsequent
skbs with insufficient tailroom appeared.
This race was probably never seen in the wild
because a device driver would have to crash AND
recover within 0.5s which is very unlikely.
I was able to prove this race exists after
changing the delay to 10s locally and crashing
ath10k via debugfs immediately after GTK
rekeying. In case of ath10k the counter went below
0. This was harmless but other drivers which
actually require tailroom (e.g. for WEP ICV or
MMIC) could end up with the counter at 0 instead
of >0 and introduce insufficient skb tailroom
failures because mac80211 would not resize skbs
appropriately anymore.
Fixes: 8d1f7ecd2a ("mac80211: defer tailroom counter manipulation when roaming")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a station does a channel switch, it's not well defined what its TDLS
peers would do. Avoid a situation when the local side marks a potentially
disconnected peer as a TDLS peer.
Keeping peers connected through CSA is doubly problematic with the upcoming
TDLS WIDER-BW feature which allows peers to widen the BSS channel. The
new channel transitioned-to might not be compatible and would require
a re-negotiation anyway.
Make sure to disallow new TDLS link during CSA.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some splats I was seeing:
(a) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv
(b) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:73 ieee80211_tx_h_michael_mic_add
(c) WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:433 ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt
I've seen (a) and (b) with ath9k hw crypto and (c)
with ath9k sw crypto. All of them were related to
insufficient skb tailroom and I was able to
trigger these with ping6 program.
AP_VLANs may inherit crypto keys from parent AP.
This wasn't considered and yielded problems in
some setups resulting in inability to transmit
data because mac80211 wouldn't resize skbs when
necessary and subsequently drop some packets due
to insufficient tailroom.
For efficiency purposes don't inspect both AP_VLAN
and AP sdata looking for tailroom counter. Instead
update AP_VLAN tailroom counters whenever their
master AP tailroom counter changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to remain-on-channel scheduling delays, when we split an ROC
while coalescing, we'll usually get a picture like this:
existing ROC: |------------------|
current time: ^
new ROC: |------| |-------|
If the expected response frames are then transmitted by the peer
in the hole between the two fragments of the new ROC, we miss
them and the process (e.g. ANQP query) fails.
mac80211 expects that the window to miss something is small:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |------||-------|
but that's normally not the case.
To avoid this problem, coalesce only if the new ROC's duration
is <= the remaining time on the existing one:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |-----|
and never split a new one but schedule it afterwards instead:
existing ROC: |------------------|
new ROC: |-------------|
type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=unknown
Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: EliadX Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers with fast-xmit (e.g. ath10k) running in
AP_VLAN setups would fail to communicate with
connected 4addr stations.
The reason was when new station associates it
first goes into master AP interface. It is not
until later that a dedicated AP_VLAN is created
for it and the station itself is moved there.
After that Tx directed at the station should use
4addr header. However fast-xmit wasn't
recalculated and 3addr header remained to be used.
This in turn caused the connected 4addr stations
to drop packets coming from the AP until some
other event would cause fast-xmit to recalculate
for that station (which could never come).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My recent change here introduced a possible memory leak if the
driver registers an invalid cipher schemes. This won't really
happen in practice, but fix the leak nonetheless.
Fixes: e3a55b5399 ("mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* LED throughput trigger was crashing
* fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
* TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
* using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVWuPvAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr/A4P/0TqzkCC5L2qJvi3a6QNFxvf
s3riQMJ8WQeUxCRNgFNeeeNUAgSJn3hhiINGrjRmkwXXxYC4mbCwM0YXNT+WhSRL
/Kx4mRJr7u5ZU0olW+KRvIV5CyTsbr9zVnaraCh5NV43nT87ZVZRBKC9vz2UkSM5
AsN6fUvhWMGhhHoGGDqtjRBjve8Xs5iKiEcE1iQTzLOPnFP3dKtB1zKKiA0JCQs4
OjxkQ7uaF0T1IfkMFr0gyzgQi4A8iPoMKV3qcRIH/QZN5dpJ6DR1dgaU50CrzQ+R
JD9W09ifF9U8GnvQU/baJHKCxEvnQWO2XwlV4+mV6bXF1j5Ng4LRiXntIeu2d3T3
5JuvPV9cNJb8dSTzsYw+TRJg73hStlJCAjVMJ7hiOMQc1YCCY9Exrff0pWzJPJfE
NygIkMHXymcy66yL3b7DIIXro5jHNVGVoHq3vMB+W+/EcEDFN6L9LeCzUVo+oKjl
Qg4kC7VHDjcdt0f7Vgv2Cal76ZVfCZaq74QZV1cySF2sCiD27LnAAfoHVeMY979K
qBsCRqhkBlc7ntnstv6tGz9LfG8ro+Fv548HIUDG80capZl6N6FR6g+8hYIuvJwu
2abJq36bp/NAGDt43UofmtDxyZNyvoKmzcQKSdn2QpryGKQ3uRcDHG/I+WD0yWX9
4WFNEm86sXmfL/Eyu0lU
=iUFe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This just has a few fixes:
* LED throughput trigger was crashing
* fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
* TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
* using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No matter how the driver manages its NAPI context, there's no way
sending frames to it from a timer can be correct, since it would
corrupt the internal GRO lists.
To avoid that, always use the non-NAPI path when releasing frames
from the timer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I was testing with hwsim, I missed that my previous commit to
make LED work depend on activation broke the code because I missed
removing the old trigger struct and some code was still using it,
now erroneously, causing crashes.
Fix this by always using the correct struct.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef of the current channel context might be wider (though
compatible). The TDLS link cares only about the channel of the BSS.
In addition make sure to specify the VHT operation IE when VHT is supported
on a non-2.4GHz band, as required by IEEE802.11ac-2013. This is not the
same as HT-operation, to be specified only if the BSS doesn't support HT.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove checking tailroom when adding IV as it uses only
headroom, and move the check to the ICV generation that
actually needs the tailroom.
In other case I hit such warning and datapath don't work,
when testing:
- IBSS + WEP
- ath9k with hw crypt enabled
- IPv6 data (ping6)
WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 13301 at net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]()
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff817bf491>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[<ffffffff8107746a>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8a/0xc0
[<ffffffff8107755a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffc09ae109>] ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09ae7ab>] ieee80211_crypto_wep_encrypt+0x6b/0xd0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09d3fb1>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xc51/0xf30 [mac80211]
[...]
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an IBSS station gets QoS enabled after having been added,
check fast-xmit to make sure the QoS header gets added to the
cache properly and frames can go out with QoS and higher rates.
Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a vif starts using a reserved channel context (during CSA, for example)
the required chandef was recalculated, however it was never applied.
This could result in using chanctx with narrower width than actually
required. Fix this by calling ieee80211_change_chanctx with the recalculated
chandef. This both changes the chanctx's width and recalcs min_def.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was missed in the previous patch, add some documentation
for rate_ctrl_lock to avoid docbook warnings.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, a cipher scheme can advertise an arbitrarily long
sequence counter, but mac80211 only supports up to 16 bytes
and the initial value from userspace will be truncated.
Fix two things:
* don't allow the driver to register anything longer than
the 16 bytes that mac80211 reserves space for
* require userspace to specify a starting value with the
correct length (or none at all)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently
doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's
get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No current (and planned, as far as I know) wifi devices support
encapsulation checksum offload, so remove the useless test here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When LED triggers are compiled in, but not used, mac80211 will still
call them to update the status. This isn't really a problem for the
assoc and radio ones, but the TX/RX (and to a certain extend TPT)
ones can be called very frequently (for every packet.)
In order to avoid that when they're not used, track their activation
and call the corresponding trigger (and in the TPT case, account for
throughput) only when the trigger is actually used by an LED.
Additionally, make those trigger functions inlines since theyre only
used once in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove items that can be retrieved through nl80211. This also
removes two items (tx_packets and tx_bytes) where only the VO
counter was exposed since they are split up per AC but in the
debugfs file only the first AC was shown.
Also remove the useless "dev" file - the stations have long
been in a sub-directory of the netdev so there's no need for
that any more.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This counter is unsafe with concurrent TX and is only exposed
through debugfs and ethtool. Instead of trying to fix it just
remove it for now, if it's really needed then it should be
exposed through nl80211 and in a way that drivers that do the
fragmentation in the device could support it as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since these counters can only be read through debugfs, there's
very little point in maintaining them all the time. However,
even just making them depend on debugfs is pointless - they're
not normally used. Additionally a number of them aren't even
concurrency safe.
Move them under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS so they're normally
not even compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debugfs statistics macros are pointlessly verbose, so change
that macro to just have a single argument. While at it, remove
the unused counters and rename rx_expand_skb_head2 to the better
rx_expand_skb_head_defrag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently while associated to an AP and sending a (public) action
frame to a different AP on the same channel, the action frame will
be sent like a regular tx frame without going off channel.
When power save is enabled this can cause problems, since the device
can go into power save and miss the response to the action frame
that is sent by the other AP.
Force off-channel transmission to avoid this issue in case
- HW offchannel is used,
- the user didn't forbid transmitting frames off channel
- the frame is not sent to the AP that we are associated with
(if it is we assume the response would be bufferable)
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a
good indication that something went wrong and the driver
may want to know about that to take action or trigger
debug flows.
It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that
is released. Notify each time the timer fires.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer
doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its
frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link
is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe
to the driver.
Use the event_callback callback for this.
Since more events with the same data will be added in the
feature, the structure that describes the data attached to
the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event.
This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't
sleep.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT and VHT override configurations were ignored during association and
applied only when first beacon recived, or not applied at all.
Fix the code to apply HT/VHT overrides during association. This is a bit
tricky since the channel was already configured during authentication
and we don't want to reconfigure it unless there's really a change.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This isn't all that relevant for RX right now, but TX can be concurrent
due to multi-queue and the accounting is therefore broken.
Use the standard per-CPU statistics to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This isn't necessary any more as the stack will automatically
update the TXQ's trans_start after calling ndo_start_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The OCB input path already checked that the BSSID is the broadcast
address, so the later check can never fail.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function really shouldn't be called prepare_for_handlers(),
all it does is check if the frame should be dropped. Rename it
to ieee80211_accept_frame() and clean it up a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With promisc support gone, only AP and P2P-Device type interfaces
still clear IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH. In both cases this isn't really
necessary though, so we can remove that flag and the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted,
frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with
the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the
monitor mode support should be used instead.
Removing it removes a lot of corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hashtable behaviour change was merged into the tree
at about the same time as the mac80211 use of rhashtable,
but of course these don't really conflict in the normal
sense. Enable hash table shrinking now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow debug builds to configure the station hash table maximum
size in order to run with hash collisions in limited scenarios
such as hwsim testing. The default remains 0 which effectively
means no limit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My conversion of the mac80211 station hash table to rhashtable
completely broke the lookup in sta_info_get() as it no longer
took into account the virtual interface. Fix that.
Fixes: 7bedd0cfad ("mac80211: use rhashtable for station table")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All users of AEAD should include crypto/aead.h instead of
include/linux/crypto.h.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the necessary software segmentation on the normal
TX path so that fast-xmit can use segmentation offload if
the hardware (or driver) supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If drivers want to support S/G (really just gather DMA on TX) then
we can now easily support this on the fast-xmit path since it just
needs to write to the ethernet header (and already has a check for
that being possible.)
However, disallow this on the regular TX path (which has to handle
fragmentation, software crypto, etc.) by calling skb_linearize().
Also allow the related HIGHDMA since that's not interesting to the
code in mac80211 at all anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we go through the complete TX processing, there are a number
of things like fragmentation and software crypto that require the
checksum to be calculated already.
In favour of maintainability, instead of adding the necessary call
to skb_checksum_help() in all the places that need it, just do it
once before the regular TX processing.
Right now this only affects the TI wlcore and QCA ath10k drivers
since they're the only ones using checksum offload. The previous
commits enabled fast-xmit for them in almost all cases.
For wlcore this even fixes a corner case: when a key fails to be
programmed to hardware software encryption gets used, encrypting
frames with a bad checksum.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS can be supported very easily since it uses the standard station
authorization state etc. so it just needs to be covered by the header
building switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When crypto is offloaded then in some cases it's all handled
by the device, and in others only some space for the IV must
be reserved in the frame. Handle both of these cases in the
fast-xmit path, up to a limit of 18 bytes of space for IVs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver handles fragmentation then it wouldn't
be done in software so we can still use the fast-xmit
path in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache
that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be
able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when
external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per
packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache.
There's also a more detailed description in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both minstrel (reported by Sven Eckelmann) and the iwlwifi rate
control aren't properly taking concurrency into account. It's
likely that the same is true for other rate control algorithms.
In the case of minstrel this manifests itself in crashes when an
update and other data access are run concurrently, for example
when the stations change bandwidth or similar. In iwlwifi, this
can cause firmware crashes.
Since fixing all rate control algorithms will be very difficult,
just provide locking for invocations. This protects the internal
data structures the algorithms maintain.
I've manipulated hostapd to test this, by having it change its
advertised bandwidth roughly ever 150ms. At the same time, I'm
running a flood ping between the client and the AP, which causes
this race of update vs. get_rate/status to easily happen on the
client. With this change, the system survives this test.
Reported-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh plink code uses sta->lock to serialize access to the
plink state fields between the peer link state machine and the
peer link timer. Some paths (e.g. those involving
mps_qos_null_tx()) unfortunately hold this spinlock across
frame tx, which is soon to be disallowed. Add a new spinlock
just for plink access.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stations assigned to an AP_VLAN type interface are flushed
when the interface is stopped, but then we warn about it.
Suppress the warning since there's nothing else that would
ensure those stations are already removed at this point.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add BQL support to via-rhine, from Tino Reichardt.
2) Integrate SWITCHDEV layer support into the DSA layer, so DSA drivers
can support hw switch offloading. From Floria Fainelli.
3) Allow 'ip address' commands to initiate multicast group join/leave,
from Madhu Challa.
4) Many ipv4 FIB lookup optimizations from Alexander Duyck.
5) Support EBPF in cls_bpf classifier and act_bpf action, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Remove the ugly compat support in ARP for ugly layers like ax25,
rose, etc. And use this to clean up the neigh layer, then use it to
implement MPLS support. All from Eric Biederman.
7) Support L3 forwarding offloading in switches, from Scott Feldman.
8) Collapse the LOCAL and MAIN ipv4 FIB tables when possible, to speed
up route lookups even further. From Alexander Duyck.
9) Many improvements and bug fixes to the rhashtable implementation,
from Herbert Xu and Thomas Graf. In particular, in the case where
an rhashtable user bulk adds a large number of items into an empty
table, we expand the table much more sanely.
10) Don't make the tcp_metrics hash table per-namespace, from Eric
Biederman.
11) Extend EBPF to access SKB fields, from Alexei Starovoitov.
12) Split out new connection request sockets so that they can be
established in the main hash table. Much less false sharing since
hash lookups go direct to the request sockets instead of having to
go first to the listener then to the request socks hashed
underneath. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Add async I/O support for crytpo AF_ALG sockets, from Tadeusz Struk.
14) Support stable privacy address generation for RFC7217 in IPV6. From
Hannes Frederic Sowa.
15) Hash network namespace into IP frag IDs, also from Hannes Frederic
Sowa.
16) Convert PTP get/set methods to use 64-bit time, from Richard
Cochran.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1816 commits)
fm10k: Bump driver version to 0.15.2
fm10k: corrected VF multicast update
fm10k: mbx_update_max_size does not drop all oversized messages
fm10k: reset head instead of calling update_max_size
fm10k: renamed mbx_tx_dropped to mbx_tx_oversized
fm10k: update xcast mode before synchronizing multicast addresses
fm10k: start service timer on probe
fm10k: fix function header comment
fm10k: comment next_vf_mbx flow
fm10k: don't handle mailbox events in iov_event path and always process mailbox
fm10k: use separate workqueue for fm10k driver
fm10k: Set PF queues to unlimited bandwidth during virtualization
fm10k: expose tx_timeout_count as an ethtool stat
fm10k: only increment tx_timeout_count in Tx hang path
fm10k: remove extraneous "Reset interface" message
fm10k: separate PF only stats so that VF does not display them
fm10k: use hw->mac.max_queues for stats
fm10k: only show actual queues, not the maximum in hardware
fm10k: allow creation of VLAN on default vid
fm10k: fix unused warnings
...
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that
user space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data
and express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values
by the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the
format file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings
in the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is
shown to user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently
has this in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVLBTuAAoJEEjnJuOKh9ldjHMIALdRS755TXCZGOf0r7O2akOR
wMPeum7C+ae1mH+jCsJKUC0/jUfQKaMt/UxoHlipDgcGg8kD2jtGnGCw4Xlwvdsr
y4rFmcTRSl1mo0zDSsg6ujoupHlVYN0+JPjrd7S3cv/llJoY49zcanNLF7S2XLeM
dZCtWRLWYpBiWO68ai6AqJTnE/eGFIqBI048qb5Eg8dbK243SSeSIf9Ywhb+VsA+
aq6F7cWI/H6j4tbeza8tAN19dcwenDro5EfCDY8ARQHJu1f6Y3+DLf2imjkd6Aiu
JVAoGIjHIpI+djwCZC1u4gi4urjfOqYartrM3Q54tb3YWYqHeNqP2ASI2a4EpYk=
=Ixwt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace
Pull tracing updates from Steven Rostedt:
"Some clean ups and small fixes, but the biggest change is the addition
of the TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro that can be used by tracepoints.
Tracepoints have helper functions for the TP_printk() called
__print_symbolic() and __print_flags() that lets a numeric number be
displayed as a a human comprehensible text. What is placed in the
TP_printk() is also shown in the tracepoint format file such that user
space tools like perf and trace-cmd can parse the binary data and
express the values too. Unfortunately, the way the TRACE_EVENT()
macro works, anything placed in the TP_printk() will be shown pretty
much exactly as is. The problem arises when enums are used. That's
because unlike macros, enums will not be changed into their values by
the C pre-processor. Thus, the enum string is exported to the format
file, and this makes it useless for user space tools.
The TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() solves this by converting the enum strings in
the TP_printk() format into their number, and that is what is shown to
user space. For example, the tracepoint tlb_flush currently has this
in its format file:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH, "flush on task switch" },
{ TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN, "remote shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN, "local shootdown" },
{ TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN, "local mm shootdown" })
After adding:
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_FLUSH_ON_TASK_SWITCH);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_REMOTE_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_SHOOTDOWN);
TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM(TLB_LOCAL_MM_SHOOTDOWN);
Its format file will contain this:
__print_symbolic(REC->reason,
{ 0, "flush on task switch" },
{ 1, "remote shootdown" },
{ 2, "local shootdown" },
{ 3, "local mm shootdown" })"
* tag 'trace-v4.1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rostedt/linux-trace: (27 commits)
tracing: Add enum_map file to show enums that have been mapped
writeback: Export enums used by tracepoint to user space
v4l: Export enums used by tracepoints to user space
SUNRPC: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
mm: tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
irq/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to user space
f2fs: Export the enums in the tracepoints to userspace
net/9p/tracing: Export enums in tracepoints to userspace
x86/tlb/trace: Export enums in used by tlb_flush tracepoint
tracing/samples: Update the trace-event-sample.h with TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM()
tracing: Allow for modules to convert their enums to values
tracing: Add TRACE_DEFINE_ENUM() macro to map enums to their values
tracing: Update trace-event-sample with TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR documentation
tracing: Give system name a pointer
brcmsmac: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
iwlwifi: Move each system tracepoints to their own header
mac80211: Move message tracepoints to their own header
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to xhci-hcd
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to kvm-s390
tracing: Add TRACE_SYSTEM_VAR to intel-sst
...
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=mtuo
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-04-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
There isn't much left, but we have
* new mac80211 internal software queue to allow drivers to have
shorter hardware queues and pull on-demand
* use rhashtable for mac80211 station table
* minstrel rate control debug improvements and some refactoring
* fix noisy message about TX power reduction
* fix continuous message printing and activity if CRDA doesn't respond
* fix VHT-related capabilities with "iw connect" or "iwconfig ..."
* fix Kconfig for cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every tracing file must have its own TRACE_SYSTEM defined.
The mac80211 tracepoint header broke this and add in the middle
of the file had:
#undef TRACE_SYSTEM
#define TRACE_SYSTEM mac80211_msg
Unfortunately, this broke new code in the ftrace infrastructure.
Moving the mac80211_msg into its own trace file with its own
TRACE_SYSTEM defined fixes the issue.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1428389938.1841.1.camel@sipsolutions.net
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
As the next patch will require the IE splitting utility functions
in cfg80211, move them there from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which
they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues
short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs.
The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver -
queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by
calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue
management later without changing drivers using this code.
This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU
aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This changes a couple of messages from sdata_info to sdata_dbg.
This should reduce some log spam, as reported here:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1206468
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the statistical descriptor "standard deviation"
to better describe the current properties of Minstrel and
Minstrel-HTs success probability distribution. The standard
deviation (SD) is calculated as exponential weighted moving
standard deviation (EWMSD) and its current value is added as
new column in all rc_stats (in debugfs).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch reduces the calculation costs of the EWMA macro from
"2x multiplication and 1 addition" down to "1x multiplication and
2x additions". This slightly improves performance depending on the
CPU architecture.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds the new statistic "maximum possible lossless
throughput" to Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs rc_stats (in debugfs). This
enables comprehensive comparison between current per-rate throughput
and max. achievable per-rate throughput.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch moves Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs per-rate throughput
calculation (EWMA(thr)) into a dedicated function to be called.
Therefore the variable "unsigned int cur_tp" within struct
"minstrel_rate_stats" becomes obsolete. and is removed to free
up its space.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch ensures a consistent usage of variable names for type
"minstrel_rate_stats" to be used as "mrs" and from type minstrel_rate
as "mr" across both Minstrel & Minstrel-HT. In addition some
variable and function names got changed to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch unifies the calculation of Minstrels and Minstrel-HTs
per-rate statistic. The new common function minstrel_calc_rate_stats()
is called when a statistic update is performed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output
Minstrel-HTs statistics in a common csv format that is easy
to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new debugfs file "rc_stats_csv" to output Minstrels
statistics in a common csv format that is easy to parse.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[remove printing current time of day]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's an issue with the way the RX A-MPDU reorder timer is
deleted that can cause a kernel crash like this:
* tid_rx is removed - call_rcu(ieee80211_free_tid_rx)
* station is destroyed
* reorder timer fires before ieee80211_free_tid_rx() runs,
accessing the station, thus potentially crashing due to
the use-after-free
The station deletion is protected by synchronize_net(), but
that isn't enough -- ieee80211_free_tid_rx() need not have
run when that returns (it deletes the timer.) We could use
rcu_barrier() instead of synchronize_net(), but that's much
more expensive.
Instead, to fix this, add a field tracking that the session
is being deleted. In this case, the only re-arming of the
timer happens with the reorder spinlock held, so make that
code not rearm it if the session is being deleted and also
delete the timer after setting that field. This ensures the
timer cannot fire after ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session()
returns, which fixes the problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel-HT in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
type rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
HT20/LGI MCS0 5.6 100.0 100.0 1 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI B MCS1 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
HT20/LGI A MCS2 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 1( 1)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best ________rate______ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
mode guard # rate [name idx airtime] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
HT20 LGI 1 MCS0 0 1480 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 0 0 0 0
HT20 LGI 1 B MCS1 1 740 10.5 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
HT20 LGI 1 A MCS2 2 496 14.8 100.0 100.0 0 0 0 1 1
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch restructures the rc_stats debugfs table of Minstrel in
order to achieve better human readability. A new layout of the
statistics and a new header is added. In addition to the old layout
there are two new columns of information added:
idx - representing the rate index of each rate in mac80211 which
can be used to set specific rates as fixed rate via debugfs
airtime - the tx-time in micro seconds that a 1200 Byte packet
takes to be transmitted over the air at the given rate
The old layout of rc_stats:
rate tpt eprob *prob ret *ok(*cum) ok( cum)
DP 1 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 0( 0) 2( 2)
2 0.4 40.0 100.0 0 0( 0) 4( 10)
5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0( 0) 0( 0)
...
is changed into this new layout:
best _______rate_____ __statistics__ ________last_______ ______sum-of________
rate [name idx tx-time] [ ø(tp) ø(prob)] [prob.|retry|suc|att] [#success | #attempts]
DP 1 0 9738 0.9 93.5 100.0 1 1 1 2 2
2 1 4922 0.4 40.0 100.0 1 0 0 4 10
5.5 2 1858 0.0 0.0 0.0 2 0 0 0 0
...
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Venz <ikstream86@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently have a hand-rolled table with 256 entries and are
using the last byte of the MAC address as the hash. This hash
is obviously very fast, but collisions are easily created and
we waste a lot of space in the common case of just connecting
as a client to an AP where we just have a single station. The
other common case of an AP is also suboptimal due to the size
of the hash table and the ease of causing collisions.
Convert all of this to use rhashtable with jhash, which gives
us the advantage of a far better hash function (with random
perturbation to avoid hash collision attacks) and of course
that the hash table grows and shrinks dynamically with chain
length, improving both cases above.
Use a specialised hash function (using jhash, but with fixed
length) to achieve better compiler optimisation as suggested
by Sergey Ryazanov.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVGWlNAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr5s8P/R9+Q6y4Ixice9dDOJYynl/d
dMEUEfCBWUyDaQD1bNQIED2mc0sM5+Ax8OVIVx9fdrLGPxaISBqDJKE1USoTNZzm
q+U3dM4Q45SfQSsgaY4FtxTlPWPtUKsNMXY/CxLR+IqVeA3+30rX+hv1f3SAqBj0
68IwW/uUIHb71IZ+hz2Mwudt4JVW8KRg9VlZ0UY6EEvC4m5QD2YkwQQo/hJ2WF+/
wAJbku02L/Vy4J7E6hNcKYWXokht4fVYphjl/1ZDd/+8L8SUv9mC88n1Jzxa428p
1PmbtwzbpOrtTcC2BCPDA04IyfMc7k9DlLKw/h2KLPbHZXheD9eVmo/Am5vz+uH6
926f+FK339SzoJnZ5wBBDiZ8W8TLYNc8ImxtcxjnrtGfr1CKiuh23P1CWyOlKJCO
BYFJqkCOqWOHYnN0embaj7JqM/LmQI5ZoBZHZhD2KQXIXpTsjjIMPfJvip5D+tsV
+iXIlQwdeK6rbjxdonBgn7n57XIeSVMAYeyDCbzIShfibjHbUZPn+RsZCtv8RWv8
EaZu8PerU5ZDKwdX940+lWrtf/TMDJBYQpAIBRuiZK4DTNWCt3BrDlvb1FXGgA+X
vQJnr32vjJ/pLDxNLHQlkKWC4I/CYtG47OgcJN9AQXrig1zApd+C29zy3aqch3ea
wxV9dFfheTqZFjtZfSsH
=O/cf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
* VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
* first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
* many suspend/resume (race) fixes
* name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the upcoming fast-xmit patch, changing station state will
build a header cache based on the station's capabilities, and
as the QoS capability (sta.wme) impacts the header, it needs
to be set before.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are mandated by IEEE802.11-2012 section 8.5.8.6 and IEEE802.11ac-2013
section 8.5.8.16.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT support for IBSS. Drivers could activate
this feature by setting NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
flag.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of wide bandwidth (wider than 20MHz) used by IBSS,
scan all channels in chandef to be able to find neighboring
IBSS netwqworks that use the same overall channels but a different
control channel.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to look up the RA station earlier to implement a TX
fastpath, factor out the lookup from ieee80211_build_hdr().
To always have a valid station pointer, also move some of the
checks into the new function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Indicating just the peer's capability is fairly pointless
if the local device doesn't support it. Make the variable
track both combined, and remove the 'local support' check
in the TX path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Louis reported that a static checker was complaining that
the 'dst' variable was set (multiple times) but not used.
This is due to a previous commit having removed the usage
(apparently erroneously), so add it back.
Fixes: a344d6778a ("mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR")
Reported-by: Louis Langholtz <lou_langholtz@me.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
(Basically copied from Dan's previous patch for CCM)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is written using an anti-pattern called "success handling"
which makes it hard to read, especially if you are used to normal kernel
style. It should instead be written as a list of directives in a row
with branches for error handling.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ard.biesheuvel@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 8ade538bf3 ("mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256
ciphers") had the success return in incorrect place before the
crypto_aead_setauthsize() call which practically ended up skipping that
call unconditionally.
The missing call did not actually change any functionality since
GMAC_MIC_LEN (16) is identical to the maxauthsize in gcm(aes) and as
such, the default value used for the authsize parameter.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.
Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")
Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a peer or some local agent (rate control, ...) decides to start
an aggregation session but doesn't support HT (which also implies
QoS), reject it.
This is mostly a corner case as such peers normally won't try to
use block-ack sessions and rate control wouldn't start them, but
technically QoS stations could request it according to the spec.
However, since drivers don't really support such non-HT sessions
it's better to reject them.
Also, while at it, move the tracing for TX sessions earlier so it
captures the error cases as well.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Seems Broadcom TDLS peers (Nexus 5, Xperia Z3) refuse to allow TDLS
connection when channel-switching is supported but the regulatory
classes IE is missing from the setup request.
Add a chandef to reg-class translation function to cfg80211 and use it
to add the required IE during setup. For now add only the current
regulatory class as supported - it is enough to resolve the
compatibility issue.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop scan before authentication or association to make sure
that nothing interferes with connection flow.
Currently mac80211 defers RX auth and assoc packets (among other ones)
until after the scan is complete, so auth during scan is likely to fail
if scan took too much time.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the reason
of the deauth.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can allow the driver to take action based on the
success / failure of the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and
others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing
about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or
to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc...
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rate control locking caused a potential deadlock here due to the
locks being acquired in different orders, so that change cannot yet
be applied. However, there's no fundamental reason for this code to
hold the sta->lock while transmitting frames.
Clearly it's better not to hold the lock for longer periods of time,
which can happen here since we call all the way down to the driver.
Change the code a bit to not hold it while doing that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of looking up the destination station twice in the TX path
(first to build the header, and then for control processing), save
it when building the header and use it later in the TX path.
To avoid having to look up the station in the many callers, allow
those to pass %NULL which keeps the existing lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_build_hdr(), the station is looked up to build the
header correctly (QoS field) and to check for authorization. For
mesh, authorization isn't checked here, and QoS capability is
mandatory, so the station lookup can be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there's no station on the 4-addr VLAN interface, then frames
cannot be transmitted. Drop such frames earlier, before setting
up all the information for them.
We should keep the old check though since that code might be used
for other internally-generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to look up the destination station twice while
building the 802.11 header for a given frame if the frame will
actually be transmitted to the station we initially looked up.
This happens for 4-addr VLAN interfaces and TDLS connections, which
both directly send the frame to the station they looked up, though
in the case of TDLS some station conditions need to be checked.
To avoid that, add a variable indicating that we've looked up the
station that the frame is going to be transmitted to, and avoid the
lookup/flag checking if it already has been done.
In the TDLS case, also move the authorized/wme_sta flag assignment
to the correct place, i.e. only when that station is really used.
Before this change, the new lookup should always have succeeded so
that the potentially erroneous data would be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This mechanism was historic, and only ever used by IBSS, which
also doesn't need to have it as it properly manages station's
802.1X PAE state (or, with WEP, always has a key.)
Remove the mechanism to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is installed using a cipher scheme, set a new
internal key flag (KEY_FLAG_CIPHER_SCHEME) on it, to allow
distinguishing such keys more easily.
In particular, use this flag on the TX path instead of
testing the sta->cipher_scheme pointer, as the station is
NULL for broad-/multicast message, and use the key's iv_len
instead of the cipher scheme information.
Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
[add missing documentation, rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put station specific code in ieee80211_update_sta_info
function.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
